Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | <!-- |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | $Id: ncurses-intro.html,v 1.57 2022/11/26 19:33:46 tom Exp $ |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3 | **************************************************************************** |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4 | * Copyright 2019-2020,2022 Thomas E. Dickey * |
| 5 | * Copyright 2000-2013,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | * * |
| 7 | * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * |
| 8 | * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the * |
| 9 | * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including * |
| 10 | * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, * |
| 11 | * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell * |
| 12 | * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is * |
| 13 | * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: * |
| 14 | * * |
| 15 | * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included * |
| 16 | * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. * |
| 17 | * * |
| 18 | * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * |
| 19 | * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF * |
| 20 | * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. * |
| 21 | * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, * |
| 22 | * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR * |
| 23 | * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR * |
| 24 | * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * |
| 25 | * * |
| 26 | * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright * |
| 27 | * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the * |
| 28 | * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written * |
| 29 | * authorization. * |
| 30 | **************************************************************************** |
| 31 | --> |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"> |
| 33 | <html> |
| 34 | <head> |
| 35 | <meta name="generator" content= |
| 36 | "HTML Tidy for HTML5 for Linux version 5.6.0"> |
| 37 | <title>Writing Programs with NCURSES</title> |
| 38 | <link rel="author" href="mailto:bugs-ncurses@gnu.org"> |
| 39 | <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content= |
| 40 | "text/html; charset=us-ascii"> |
| 41 | </head> |
| 42 | <body> |
| 43 | <h1 class="no-header">Writing Programs with NCURSES</h1> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | <h2>Writing Programs with NCURSES</h2> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | <blockquote> |
| 48 | by Eric S. Raymond and Zeyd M. Ben-Halim<br> |
| 49 | updates since release 1.9.9e by Thomas Dickey |
| 50 | </blockquote> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | <div class="nav"> |
| 53 | <h2>Contents</h2> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | <ul> |
| 56 | <li> |
| 57 | <a href="#introduction">Introduction</a> |
| 58 | <ul> |
| 59 | <li><a href="#history">A Brief History of Curses</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | <li><a href="#scope">Scope of This Document</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 62 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | <li><a href="#terminology">Terminology</a></li> |
| 64 | </ul> |
| 65 | </li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | <li> |
| 68 | <a href="#curses">The Curses Library</a> |
| 69 | <ul> |
| 70 | <li> |
| 71 | <a href="#overview">An Overview of Curses</a> |
| 72 | <ul> |
| 73 | <li><a href="#compiling">Compiling Programs using |
| 74 | Curses</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | <li><a href="#updating">Updating the Screen</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | <li><a href="#stdscr">Standard Windows and Function |
| 79 | Naming Conventions</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | <li><a href="#variables">Variables</a></li> |
| 82 | </ul> |
| 83 | </li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | <li> |
| 86 | <a href="#using">Using the Library</a> |
| 87 | <ul> |
| 88 | <li><a href="#starting">Starting up</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | <li><a href="#output">Output</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 91 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | <li><a href="#input">Input</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | <li><a href="#formschars">Using Forms Characters</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 95 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 96 | <li><a href="#attributes">Character Attributes and |
| 97 | Color</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 98 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 99 | <li><a href="#mouse">Mouse Interfacing</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 100 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 101 | <li><a href="#finishing">Finishing Up</a></li> |
| 102 | </ul> |
| 103 | </li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 105 | <li> |
| 106 | <a href="#functions">Function Descriptions</a> |
| 107 | <ul> |
| 108 | <li><a href="#init">Initialization and Wrapup</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | <li><a href="#flush">Causing Output to the |
| 111 | Terminal</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | <li><a href="#lowlevel">Low-Level Capability |
| 114 | Access</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 116 | <li><a href="#debugging">Debugging</a></li> |
| 117 | </ul> |
| 118 | </li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | <li> |
| 121 | <a href="#hints">Hints, Tips, and Tricks</a> |
| 122 | <ul> |
| 123 | <li><a href="#caution">Some Notes of Caution</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | <li><a href="#leaving">Temporarily Leaving ncurses |
| 126 | Mode</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | <li><a href="#xterm">Using <code>ncurses</code> under |
| 129 | <code>xterm</code></a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | <li><a href="#screens">Handling Multiple Terminal |
| 132 | Screens</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 134 | <li><a href="#testing">Testing for Terminal |
| 135 | Capabilities</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | <li><a href="#tuning">Tuning for Speed</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 138 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | <li><a href="#special">Special Features of |
| 140 | <code>ncurses</code></a></li> |
| 141 | </ul> |
| 142 | </li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | <li> |
| 145 | <a href="#compat">Compatibility with Older Versions</a> |
| 146 | <ul> |
| 147 | <li><a href="#refbug">Refresh of Overlapping |
| 148 | Windows</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | <li><a href="#backbug">Background Erase</a></li> |
| 151 | </ul> |
| 152 | </li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | <li><a href="#xsifuncs">XSI Curses Conformance</a></li> |
| 155 | </ul> |
| 156 | </li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | <li> |
| 159 | <a href="#panels">The Panels Library</a> |
| 160 | <ul> |
| 161 | <li><a href="#pcompile">Compiling With the Panels |
| 162 | Library</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | <li><a href="#poverview">Overview of Panels</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | <li><a href="#pstdscr">Panels, Input, and the Standard |
| 167 | Screen</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 168 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | <li><a href="#hiding">Hiding Panels</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | <li><a href="#pmisc">Miscellaneous Other Facilities</a></li> |
| 172 | </ul> |
| 173 | </li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | <li> |
| 176 | <a href="#menu">The Menu Library</a> |
| 177 | <ul> |
| 178 | <li><a href="#mcompile">Compiling with the menu |
| 179 | Library</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | <li><a href="#moverview">Overview of Menus</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | <li><a href="#mselect">Selecting items</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | <li><a href="#mdisplay">Menu Display</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | <li><a href="#mwindows">Menu Windows</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | <li><a href="#minput">Processing Menu Input</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 190 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | <li><a href="#mmisc">Miscellaneous Other Features</a></li> |
| 192 | </ul> |
| 193 | </li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | <li> |
| 196 | <a href="#form">The Forms Library</a> |
| 197 | <ul> |
| 198 | <li><a href="#fcompile">Compiling with the forms |
| 199 | Library</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | <li><a href="#foverview">Overview of Forms</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 202 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 203 | <li><a href="#fcreate">Creating and Freeing Fields and |
| 204 | Forms</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | <li> |
| 207 | <a href="#fattributes">Fetching and Changing Field |
| 208 | Attributes</a> |
| 209 | <ul> |
| 210 | <li><a href="#fsizes">Fetching Size and Location |
| 211 | Data</a></li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 212 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 213 | <li><a href="#flocation">Changing the Field |
| 214 | Location</a></li> |
| 215 | |
| 216 | <li><a href="#fjust">The Justification Attribute</a></li> |
| 217 | |
| 218 | <li><a href="#fdispatts">Field Display Attributes</a></li> |
| 219 | |
| 220 | <li><a href="#foptions">Field Option Bits</a></li> |
| 221 | |
| 222 | <li><a href="#fstatus">Field Status</a></li> |
| 223 | |
| 224 | <li><a href="#fuser">Field User Pointer</a></li> |
| 225 | </ul> |
| 226 | </li> |
| 227 | |
| 228 | <li><a href="#fdynamic">Variable-Sized Fields</a></li> |
| 229 | |
| 230 | <li> |
| 231 | <a href="#fvalidation">Field Validation</a> |
| 232 | <ul> |
| 233 | <li><a href="#ftype_alpha">TYPE_ALPHA</a></li> |
| 234 | |
| 235 | <li><a href="#ftype_alnum">TYPE_ALNUM</a></li> |
| 236 | |
| 237 | <li><a href="#ftype_enum">TYPE_ENUM</a></li> |
| 238 | |
| 239 | <li><a href="#ftype_integer">TYPE_INTEGER</a></li> |
| 240 | |
| 241 | <li><a href="#ftype_numeric">TYPE_NUMERIC</a></li> |
| 242 | |
| 243 | <li><a href="#ftype_regexp">TYPE_REGEXP</a></li> |
| 244 | </ul> |
| 245 | </li> |
| 246 | |
| 247 | <li><a href="#fbuffer">Direct Field Buffer |
| 248 | Manipulation</a></li> |
| 249 | |
| 250 | <li><a href="#formattrs">Attributes of Forms</a></li> |
| 251 | |
| 252 | <li><a href="#fdisplay">Control of Form Display</a></li> |
| 253 | |
| 254 | <li> |
| 255 | <a href="#fdriver">Input Processing in the Forms |
| 256 | Driver</a> |
| 257 | <ul> |
| 258 | <li><a href="#fpage">Page Navigation Requests</a></li> |
| 259 | |
| 260 | <li><a href="#ffield">Inter-Field Navigation |
| 261 | Requests</a></li> |
| 262 | |
| 263 | <li><a href="#fifield">Intra-Field Navigation |
| 264 | Requests</a></li> |
| 265 | |
| 266 | <li><a href="#fscroll">Scrolling Requests</a></li> |
| 267 | |
| 268 | <li><a href="#fedit">Field Editing Requests</a></li> |
| 269 | |
| 270 | <li><a href="#forder">Order Requests</a></li> |
| 271 | |
| 272 | <li><a href="#fappcmds">Application Commands</a></li> |
| 273 | </ul> |
| 274 | </li> |
| 275 | |
| 276 | <li><a href="#fhooks">Field Change Hooks</a></li> |
| 277 | |
| 278 | <li><a href="#ffocus">Field Change Commands</a></li> |
| 279 | |
| 280 | <li><a href="#frmoptions">Form Options</a></li> |
| 281 | |
| 282 | <li> |
| 283 | <a href="#fcustom">Custom Validation Types</a> |
| 284 | <ul> |
| 285 | <li><a href="#flinktypes">Union Types</a></li> |
| 286 | |
| 287 | <li><a href="#fnewtypes">New Field Types</a></li> |
| 288 | |
| 289 | <li><a href="#fcheckargs">Validation Function |
| 290 | Arguments</a></li> |
| 291 | |
| 292 | <li><a href="#fcustorder">Order Functions For Custom |
| 293 | Types</a></li> |
| 294 | |
| 295 | <li><a href="#fcustprobs">Avoiding Problems</a></li> |
| 296 | </ul> |
| 297 | </li> |
| 298 | </ul> |
| 299 | </li> |
| 300 | </ul> |
| 301 | </div> |
| 302 | |
| 303 | <hr> |
| 304 | |
| 305 | <h2><a name="introduction" id="introduction">Introduction</a></h2> |
| 306 | |
| 307 | <p>This document is an introduction to programming with |
| 308 | <code>curses</code>. It is not an exhaustive reference for the |
| 309 | curses Application Programming Interface (API); that role is |
| 310 | filled by the <code>curses</code> manual pages. Rather, it is |
| 311 | intended to help C programmers ease into using the package.</p> |
| 312 | |
| 313 | <p>This document is aimed at C applications programmers not yet |
| 314 | specifically familiar with ncurses. If you are already an |
| 315 | experienced <code>curses</code> programmer, you should |
| 316 | nevertheless read the sections on <a href="#mouse">Mouse |
| 317 | Interfacing</a>, <a href="#debugging">Debugging</a>, <a href= |
| 318 | "#compat">Compatibility with Older Versions</a>, and <a href= |
| 319 | "#hints">Hints, Tips, and Tricks</a>. These will bring you up to |
| 320 | speed on the special features and quirks of the |
| 321 | <code>ncurses</code> implementation. If you are not so |
| 322 | experienced, keep reading.</p> |
| 323 | |
| 324 | <p>The <code>curses</code> package is a subroutine library for |
| 325 | terminal-independent screen-painting and input-event handling |
| 326 | which presents a high level screen model to the programmer, |
| 327 | hiding differences between terminal types and doing automatic |
| 328 | optimization of output to change one screen full of text into |
| 329 | another. <code>Curses</code> uses terminfo, which is a database |
| 330 | format that can describe the capabilities of thousands of |
| 331 | different terminals.</p> |
| 332 | |
| 333 | <p>The <code>curses</code> API may seem something of an archaism |
| 334 | on UNIX desktops increasingly dominated by X, Motif, and Tcl/Tk. |
| 335 | Nevertheless, UNIX still supports tty lines and X supports |
| 336 | <em>xterm(1)</em>; the <code>curses</code> API has the advantage |
| 337 | of (a) back-portability to character-cell terminals, and (b) |
| 338 | simplicity. For an application that does not require bit-mapped |
| 339 | graphics and multiple fonts, an interface implementation using |
| 340 | <code>curses</code> will typically be a great deal simpler and |
| 341 | less expensive than one using an X toolkit.</p> |
| 342 | |
| 343 | <h3><a name="history" id="history">A Brief History of Curses</a></h3> |
| 344 | |
| 345 | <p>Historically, the first ancestor of <code>curses</code> was |
| 346 | the routines written to provide screen-handling for the |
| 347 | <code>vi</code> editor; these used the <code>termcap</code> |
| 348 | database facility (both released in 3BSD) for describing terminal |
| 349 | capabilities. These routines were abstracted into a documented |
| 350 | library and first released with the early BSD UNIX versions. All |
| 351 | of this work was done by students at the University of California |
| 352 | (Berkeley campus). The curses library was first published in |
| 353 | 4.0BSD, a year after 3BSD (i.e., late 1980).</p> |
| 354 | |
| 355 | <p>After graduation, one of those students went to work at |
| 356 | AT&T Bell Labs, and made an improved <code>termcap</code> |
| 357 | library called <code>terminfo</code> (i.e., |
| 358 | “libterm”), and adapted the curses library to use |
| 359 | this. That was subsequently released in System V Release 2 (early |
| 360 | 1984). Thereafter, other developers added to the curses and |
| 361 | terminfo libraries. For instance, a student at Cornell University |
| 362 | wrote an improved terminfo library as well as a tool |
| 363 | (<code>tic</code>) to compile the terminal descriptions. As a |
| 364 | general rule, AT&T did not identify the developers in the |
| 365 | source-code or documentation; the <code>tic</code> and |
| 366 | <code>infocmp</code> programs are the exceptions.</p> |
| 367 | |
| 368 | <p>System V Release 3 (System III UNIX) from Bell Labs featured a |
| 369 | rewritten and much-improved <code>curses</code> library, along |
| 370 | with the <code>tic</code> program (late 1986).</p> |
| 371 | |
| 372 | <p>To recap, terminfo is based on Berkeley's termcap database, |
| 373 | but contains a number of improvements and extensions. |
| 374 | Parameterized capabilities strings were introduced, making it |
| 375 | possible to describe multiple video attributes, and colors and to |
| 376 | handle far more unusual terminals than possible with termcap. In |
| 377 | the later AT&T System V releases, <code>curses</code> evolved |
| 378 | to use more facilities and offer more capabilities, going far |
| 379 | beyond BSD curses in power and flexibility.</p> |
| 380 | |
| 381 | <h3><a name="scope" id="scope">Scope of This Document</a></h3> |
| 382 | |
| 383 | <p>This document describes <code>ncurses</code>, a free |
| 384 | implementation of the System V <code>curses</code> API with some |
| 385 | clearly marked extensions. It includes the following System V |
| 386 | curses features:</p> |
| 387 | |
| 388 | <ul> |
| 389 | <li>Support for multiple screen highlights (BSD curses could |
| 390 | only handle one “standout” highlight, usually |
| 391 | reverse-video).</li> |
| 392 | |
| 393 | <li>Support for line- and box-drawing using forms |
| 394 | characters.</li> |
| 395 | |
| 396 | <li>Recognition of function keys on input.</li> |
| 397 | |
| 398 | <li>Color support.</li> |
| 399 | |
| 400 | <li>Support for pads (windows of larger than screen size on |
| 401 | which the screen or a subwindow defines a viewport).</li> |
| 402 | </ul> |
| 403 | |
| 404 | <p>Also, this package makes use of the insert and delete line and |
| 405 | character features of terminals so equipped, and determines how |
| 406 | to optimally use these features with no help from the programmer. |
| 407 | It allows arbitrary combinations of video attributes to be |
| 408 | displayed, even on terminals that leave “magic |
| 409 | cookies” on the screen to mark changes in attributes.</p> |
| 410 | |
| 411 | <p>The <code>ncurses</code> package can also capture and use |
| 412 | event reports from a mouse in some environments (notably, xterm |
| 413 | under the X window system). This document includes tips for using |
| 414 | the mouse.</p> |
| 415 | |
| 416 | <p>The <code>ncurses</code> package was originated by Pavel |
| 417 | Curtis. The original maintainer of this package is <a href= |
| 418 | "mailto:zmbenhal@netcom.com">Zeyd Ben-Halim</a> |
| 419 | <zmbenhal@netcom.com>. <a href= |
| 420 | "mailto:esr@snark.thyrsus.com">Eric S. Raymond</a> |
| 421 | <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> wrote many of the new features in |
| 422 | versions after 1.8.1 and wrote most of this introduction. |
| 423 | Jürgen Pfeifer wrote all of the menu and forms code as well |
| 424 | as the <a href="http://www.adahome.com">Ada95</a> binding. |
| 425 | Ongoing work is being done by <a href= |
| 426 | "mailto:dickey@invisible-island.net">Thomas Dickey</a> |
| 427 | (maintainer). Contact the current maintainers at <a href= |
| 428 | "mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">bug-ncurses@gnu.org</a>.</p> |
| 429 | |
| 430 | <p>This document also describes the <a href="#panels">panels</a> |
| 431 | extension library, similarly modeled on the SVr4 panels facility. |
| 432 | This library allows you to associate backing store with each of a |
| 433 | stack or deck of overlapping windows, and provides operations for |
| 434 | moving windows around in the stack that change their visibility |
| 435 | in the natural way (handling window overlaps).</p> |
| 436 | |
| 437 | <p>Finally, this document describes in detail the <a href= |
| 438 | "#menu">menus</a> and <a href="#form">forms</a> extension |
| 439 | libraries, also cloned from System V, which support easy |
| 440 | construction and sequences of menus and fill-in forms.</p> |
| 441 | |
| 442 | <h3><a name="terminology" id="terminology">Terminology</a></h3> |
| 443 | |
| 444 | <p>In this document, the following terminology is used with |
| 445 | reasonable consistency:</p> |
| 446 | |
| 447 | <dl> |
| 448 | <dt>window</dt> |
| 449 | |
| 450 | <dd>A data structure describing a sub-rectangle of the screen |
| 451 | (possibly the entire screen). You can write to a window as |
| 452 | though it were a miniature screen, scrolling independently of |
| 453 | other windows on the physical screen.</dd> |
| 454 | |
| 455 | <dt>screens</dt> |
| 456 | |
| 457 | <dd>A subset of windows which are as large as the terminal |
| 458 | screen, i.e., they start at the upper left hand corner and |
| 459 | encompass the lower right hand corner. One of these, |
| 460 | <code>stdscr</code>, is automatically provided for the |
| 461 | programmer.</dd> |
| 462 | |
| 463 | <dt>terminal screen</dt> |
| 464 | |
| 465 | <dd>The package's idea of what the terminal display currently |
| 466 | looks like, i.e., what the user sees now. This is a special |
| 467 | screen.</dd> |
| 468 | </dl> |
| 469 | |
| 470 | <h2><a name="curses" id="curses">The Curses Library</a></h2> |
| 471 | |
| 472 | <h3><a name="overview" id="overview">An Overview of Curses</a></h3> |
| 473 | |
| 474 | <h4><a name="compiling" id="compiling">Compiling Programs using |
| 475 | Curses</a></h4> |
| 476 | |
| 477 | <p>In order to use the library, it is necessary to have certain |
| 478 | types and variables defined. Therefore, the programmer must have |
| 479 | a line:</p> |
| 480 | |
| 481 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 482 | #include <curses.h> |
| 483 | </pre> |
| 484 | <p>at the top of the program source. The screen package uses the |
| 485 | Standard I/O library, so <code><curses.h></code> includes |
| 486 | <code><stdio.h></code>. <code><curses.h></code> also |
| 487 | includes <code><termios.h></code>, |
| 488 | <code><termio.h></code>, or <code><sgtty.h></code> |
| 489 | depending on your system. It is redundant (but harmless) for the |
| 490 | programmer to do these includes, too. In linking with |
| 491 | <code>curses</code> you need to have <code>-lncurses</code> in |
| 492 | your LDFLAGS or on the command line. There is no need for any |
| 493 | other libraries.</p> |
| 494 | |
| 495 | <h4><a name="updating" id="updating">Updating the Screen</a></h4> |
| 496 | |
| 497 | <p>In order to update the screen optimally, it is necessary for |
| 498 | the routines to know what the screen currently looks like and |
| 499 | what the programmer wants it to look like next. For this purpose, |
| 500 | a data type (structure) named WINDOW is defined which describes a |
| 501 | window image to the routines, including its starting position on |
| 502 | the screen (the (y, x) coordinates of the upper left hand corner) |
| 503 | and its size. One of these (called <code>curscr</code>, for |
| 504 | current screen) is a screen image of what the terminal currently |
| 505 | looks like. Another screen (called <code>stdscr</code>, for |
| 506 | standard screen) is provided by default to make changes on.</p> |
| 507 | |
| 508 | <p>A window is a purely internal representation. It is used to |
| 509 | build and store a potential image of a portion of the terminal. |
| 510 | It does not bear any necessary relation to what is really on the |
| 511 | terminal screen; it is more like a scratchpad or write |
| 512 | buffer.</p> |
| 513 | |
| 514 | <p>To make the section of physical screen corresponding to a |
| 515 | window reflect the contents of the window structure, the routine |
| 516 | <code>refresh()</code> (or <code>wrefresh()</code> if the window |
| 517 | is not <code>stdscr</code>) is called.</p> |
| 518 | |
| 519 | <p>A given physical screen section may be within the scope of any |
| 520 | number of overlapping windows. Also, changes can be made to |
| 521 | windows in any order, without regard to motion efficiency. Then, |
| 522 | at will, the programmer can effectively say “make it look |
| 523 | like this,” and let the package implementation determine |
| 524 | the most efficient way to repaint the screen.</p> |
| 525 | |
| 526 | <h4><a name="stdscr" id="stdscr">Standard Windows and Function |
| 527 | Naming Conventions</a></h4> |
| 528 | |
| 529 | <p>As hinted above, the routines can use several windows, but two |
| 530 | are automatically given: <code>curscr</code>, which knows what |
| 531 | the terminal looks like, and <code>stdscr</code>, which is what |
| 532 | the programmer wants the terminal to look like next. The user |
| 533 | should never actually access <code>curscr</code> directly. |
| 534 | Changes should be made to through the API, and then the routine |
| 535 | <code>refresh()</code> (or <code>wrefresh()</code>) called.</p> |
| 536 | |
| 537 | <p>Many functions are defined to use <code>stdscr</code> as a |
| 538 | default screen. For example, to add a character to |
| 539 | <code>stdscr</code>, one calls <code>addch()</code> with the |
| 540 | desired character as argument. To write to a different window. |
| 541 | use the routine <code>waddch()</code> (for |
| 542 | <strong>w</strong>indow-specific addch()) is provided. This |
| 543 | convention of prepending function names with a “w” |
| 544 | when they are to be applied to specific windows is consistent. |
| 545 | The only routines which do not follow it are those for which a |
| 546 | window must always be specified.</p> |
| 547 | |
| 548 | <p>In order to move the current (y, x) coordinates from one point |
| 549 | to another, the routines <code>move()</code> and |
| 550 | <code>wmove()</code> are provided. However, it is often desirable |
| 551 | to first move and then perform some I/O operation. In order to |
| 552 | avoid clumsiness, most I/O routines can be preceded by the prefix |
| 553 | “mv” and the desired (y, x) coordinates prepended to |
| 554 | the arguments to the function. For example, the calls</p> |
| 555 | |
| 556 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 557 | move(y, x); |
| 558 | addch(ch); |
| 559 | </pre> |
| 560 | <p>can be replaced by</p> |
| 561 | |
| 562 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 563 | mvaddch(y, x, ch); |
| 564 | </pre> |
| 565 | <p>and</p> |
| 566 | |
| 567 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 568 | wmove(win, y, x); |
| 569 | waddch(win, ch); |
| 570 | </pre> |
| 571 | <p>can be replaced by</p> |
| 572 | |
| 573 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 574 | mvwaddch(win, y, x, ch); |
| 575 | </pre> |
| 576 | <p>Note that the window description pointer (win) comes before |
| 577 | the added (y, x) coordinates. If a function requires a window |
| 578 | pointer, it is always the first parameter passed.</p> |
| 579 | |
| 580 | <h4><a name="variables" id="variables">Variables</a></h4> |
| 581 | |
| 582 | <p>The <code>curses</code> library sets some variables describing |
| 583 | the terminal capabilities.</p> |
| 584 | |
| 585 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | type name description |
| 587 | ------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 588 | int LINES number of lines on the terminal |
| 589 | int COLS number of columns on the terminal |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | </pre> |
| 591 | <p>The <code>curses.h</code> also introduces some |
| 592 | <code>#define</code> constants and types of general |
| 593 | usefulness:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | <dl> |
| 596 | <dt><code>bool</code> |
| 597 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | <dd>boolean type, actually a “char” (e.g., |
| 600 | <code>bool doneit;</code>)</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | <dt><code>TRUE</code> |
| 603 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | <dd>boolean “true” flag (1).</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | <dt><code>FALSE</code> |
| 608 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | <dd>boolean “false” flag (0).</dd> |
| 611 | |
| 612 | <dt><code>ERR</code> |
| 613 | </dt> |
| 614 | |
| 615 | <dd>error flag returned by routines on a failure (-1).</dd> |
| 616 | |
| 617 | <dt><code>OK</code> |
| 618 | </dt> |
| 619 | |
| 620 | <dd>error flag returned by routines when things go right.</dd> |
| 621 | </dl> |
| 622 | |
| 623 | <h3><a name="using" id="using">Using the Library</a></h3> |
| 624 | |
| 625 | <p>Now we describe how to actually use the screen package. In it, |
| 626 | we assume all updating, reading, etc. is applied to |
| 627 | <code>stdscr</code>. These instructions will work on any window, |
| 628 | providing you change the function names and parameters as |
| 629 | mentioned above.</p> |
| 630 | |
| 631 | <p>Here is a sample program to motivate the discussion:</p> |
| 632 | |
| 633 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Steve Kondik | ae271bc | 2015-11-15 02:50:53 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | #include <stdlib.h> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | #include <curses.h> |
| 636 | #include <signal.h> |
| 637 | |
| 638 | static void finish(int sig); |
| 639 | |
| 640 | int |
| 641 | main(int argc, char *argv[]) |
| 642 | { |
| 643 | int num = 0; |
| 644 | |
| 645 | /* initialize your non-curses data structures here */ |
| 646 | |
| 647 | (void) signal(SIGINT, finish); /* arrange interrupts to terminate */ |
| 648 | |
| 649 | (void) initscr(); /* initialize the curses library */ |
| 650 | keypad(stdscr, TRUE); /* enable keyboard mapping */ |
| 651 | (void) nonl(); /* tell curses not to do NL->CR/NL on output */ |
| 652 | (void) cbreak(); /* take input chars one at a time, no wait for \n */ |
| 653 | (void) echo(); /* echo input - in color */ |
| 654 | |
| 655 | if (has_colors()) |
| 656 | { |
| 657 | start_color(); |
| 658 | |
| 659 | /* |
| 660 | * Simple color assignment, often all we need. Color pair 0 cannot |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | * be redefined. This example uses the same value for the color |
| 662 | * pair as for the foreground color, though of course that is not |
| 663 | * necessary: |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | */ |
| 665 | init_pair(1, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK); |
| 666 | init_pair(2, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLACK); |
| 667 | init_pair(3, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK); |
| 668 | init_pair(4, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLACK); |
| 669 | init_pair(5, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_BLACK); |
| 670 | init_pair(6, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_BLACK); |
| 671 | init_pair(7, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK); |
| 672 | } |
| 673 | |
| 674 | for (;;) |
| 675 | { |
| 676 | int c = getch(); /* refresh, accept single keystroke of input */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | attrset(COLOR_PAIR(num % 8)); |
| 678 | num++; |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | |
| 680 | /* process the command keystroke */ |
| 681 | } |
| 682 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | finish(0); /* we are done */ |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | } |
| 685 | |
| 686 | static void finish(int sig) |
| 687 | { |
| 688 | endwin(); |
| 689 | |
| 690 | /* do your non-curses wrapup here */ |
| 691 | |
| 692 | exit(0); |
| 693 | } |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | </pre> |
| 695 | <h4><a name="starting" id="starting">Starting up</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | <p>In order to use the screen package, the routines must know |
| 698 | about terminal characteristics, and the space for |
| 699 | <code>curscr</code> and <code>stdscr</code> must be allocated. |
| 700 | These function <code>initscr()</code> does both these things. |
| 701 | Since it must allocate space for the windows, it can overflow |
| 702 | memory when attempting to do so. On the rare occasions this |
| 703 | happens, <code>initscr()</code> will terminate the program with |
| 704 | an error message. <code>initscr()</code> must always be called |
| 705 | before any of the routines which affect windows are used. If it |
| 706 | is not, the program will core dump as soon as either |
| 707 | <code>curscr</code> or <code>stdscr</code> are referenced. |
| 708 | However, it is usually best to wait to call it until after you |
| 709 | are sure you will need it, like after checking for startup |
| 710 | errors. Terminal status changing routines like <code>nl()</code> |
| 711 | and <code>cbreak()</code> should be called after |
| 712 | <code>initscr()</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | <p>Once the screen windows have been allocated, you can set them |
| 715 | up for your program. If you want to, say, allow a screen to |
| 716 | scroll, use <code>scrollok()</code>. If you want the cursor to be |
| 717 | left in place after the last change, use <code>leaveok()</code>. |
| 718 | If this is not done, <code>refresh()</code> will move the cursor |
| 719 | to the window's current (y, x) coordinates after updating it.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | <p>You can create new windows of your own using the functions |
| 722 | <code>newwin()</code>, <code>derwin()</code>, and |
| 723 | <code>subwin()</code>. The routine <code>delwin()</code> will |
| 724 | allow you to get rid of old windows. All the options described |
| 725 | above can be applied to any window.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | <h4><a name="output" id="output">Output</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 729 | <p>Now that we have set things up, we will want to actually |
| 730 | update the terminal. The basic functions used to change what will |
| 731 | go on a window are <code>addch()</code> and <code>move()</code>. |
| 732 | <code>addch()</code> adds a character at the current (y, x) |
| 733 | coordinates. <code>move()</code> changes the current (y, x) |
| 734 | coordinates to whatever you want them to be. It returns |
| 735 | <code>ERR</code> if you try to move off the window. As mentioned |
| 736 | above, you can combine the two into <code>mvaddch()</code> to do |
| 737 | both things at once.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | <p>The other output functions, such as <code>addstr()</code> and |
| 740 | <code>printw()</code>, all call <code>addch()</code> to add |
| 741 | characters to the window.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | <p>After you have put on the window what you want there, when you |
| 744 | want the portion of the terminal covered by the window to be made |
| 745 | to look like it, you must call <code>refresh()</code>. In order |
| 746 | to optimize finding changes, <code>refresh()</code> assumes that |
| 747 | any part of the window not changed since the last |
| 748 | <code>refresh()</code> of that window has not been changed on the |
| 749 | terminal, i.e., that you have not refreshed a portion of the |
| 750 | terminal with an overlapping window. If this is not the case, the |
| 751 | routine <code>touchwin()</code> is provided to make it look like |
| 752 | the entire window has been changed, thus making |
| 753 | <code>refresh()</code> check the whole subsection of the terminal |
| 754 | for changes.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | <p>If you call <code>wrefresh()</code> with <code>curscr</code> |
| 757 | as its argument, it will make the screen look like |
| 758 | <code>curscr</code> thinks it looks like. This is useful for |
| 759 | implementing a command which would redraw the screen in case it |
| 760 | get messed up.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | <h4><a name="input" id="input">Input</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | <p>The complementary function to <code>addch()</code> is |
| 765 | <code>getch()</code> which, if echo is set, will call |
| 766 | <code>addch()</code> to echo the character. Since the screen |
| 767 | package needs to know what is on the terminal at all times, if |
| 768 | characters are to be echoed, the tty must be in raw or cbreak |
| 769 | mode. Since initially the terminal has echoing enabled and is in |
| 770 | ordinary “cooked” mode, one or the other has to |
| 771 | changed before calling <code>getch()</code>; otherwise, the |
| 772 | program's output will be unpredictable.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 773 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | <p>When you need to accept line-oriented input in a window, the |
| 775 | functions <code>wgetstr()</code> and friends are available. There |
| 776 | is even a <code>wscanw()</code> function that can do |
| 777 | <code>scanf()</code>(3)-style multi-field parsing on window |
| 778 | input. These pseudo-line-oriented functions turn on echoing while |
| 779 | they execute.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 781 | <p>The example code above uses the call <code>keypad(stdscr, |
| 782 | TRUE)</code> to enable support for function-key mapping. With |
| 783 | this feature, the <code>getch()</code> code watches the input |
| 784 | stream for character sequences that correspond to arrow and |
| 785 | function keys. These sequences are returned as pseudo-character |
| 786 | values. The <code>#define</code> values returned are listed in |
| 787 | the <code>curses.h</code> The mapping from sequences to |
| 788 | <code>#define</code> values is determined by <code>key_</code> |
| 789 | capabilities in the terminal's terminfo entry.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | <h4><a name="formschars" id="formschars">Using Forms |
| 792 | Characters</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 794 | <p>The <code>addch()</code> function (and some others, including |
| 795 | <code>box()</code> and <code>border()</code>) can accept some |
| 796 | pseudo-character arguments which are specially defined by |
| 797 | <code>ncurses</code>. These are <code>#define</code> values set |
| 798 | up in the <code>curses.h</code> header; see there for a complete |
| 799 | list (look for the prefix <code>ACS_</code>).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | <p>The most useful of the ACS defines are the forms-drawing |
| 802 | characters. You can use these to draw boxes and simple graphs on |
| 803 | the screen. If the terminal does not have such characters, |
| 804 | <code>curses.h</code> will map them to a recognizable (though |
| 805 | ugly) set of ASCII defaults.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 806 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | <h4><a name="attributes" id="attributes">Character Attributes and |
| 808 | Color</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | <p>The <code>ncurses</code> package supports screen highlights |
| 811 | including standout, reverse-video, underline, and blink. It also |
| 812 | supports color, which is treated as another kind of |
| 813 | highlight.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | <p>Highlights are encoded, internally, as high bits of the |
| 816 | pseudo-character type (<code>chtype</code>) that |
| 817 | <code>curses.h</code> uses to represent the contents of a screen |
| 818 | cell. See the <code>curses.h</code> header file for a complete |
| 819 | list of highlight mask values (look for the prefix |
| 820 | <code>A_</code>).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | <p>There are two ways to make highlights. One is to logical-or |
| 823 | the value of the highlights you want into the character argument |
| 824 | of an <code>addch()</code> call, or any other output call that |
| 825 | takes a <code>chtype</code> argument.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | <p>The other is to set the current-highlight value. This is |
| 828 | <em>logical-OR</em>ed with any highlight you specify the first |
| 829 | way. You do this with the functions <code>attron()</code>, |
| 830 | <code>attroff()</code>, and <code>attrset()</code>; see the |
| 831 | manual pages for details. Color is a special kind of highlight. |
| 832 | The package actually thinks in terms of color pairs, combinations |
| 833 | of foreground and background colors. The sample code above sets |
| 834 | up eight color pairs, all of the guaranteed-available colors on |
| 835 | black. Note that each color pair is, in effect, given the name of |
| 836 | its foreground color. Any other range of eight non-conflicting |
| 837 | values could have been used as the first arguments of the |
| 838 | <code>init_pair()</code> values.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | <p>Once you have done an <code>init_pair()</code> that creates |
| 841 | color-pair N, you can use <code>COLOR_PAIR(N)</code> as a |
| 842 | highlight that invokes that particular color combination. Note |
| 843 | that <code>COLOR_PAIR(N)</code>, for constant N, is itself a |
| 844 | compile-time constant and can be used in initializers.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | <h4><a name="mouse" id="mouse">Mouse Interfacing</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | <p>The <code>ncurses</code> library also provides a mouse |
| 849 | interface.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | <blockquote> |
| 852 | <strong>NOTE:</strong> this facility is specific to |
| 853 | <code>ncurses</code>, it is not part of either the XSI Curses |
| 854 | standard, nor of System V Release 4, nor BSD curses. System V |
| 855 | Release 4 curses contains code with similar interface |
| 856 | definitions, however it is not documented. Other than by |
| 857 | disassembling the library, we have no way to determine exactly |
| 858 | how that mouse code works. Thus, we recommend that you wrap |
| 859 | mouse-related code in an #ifdef using the feature macro |
| 860 | NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION so it will not be compiled and linked on |
| 861 | non-ncurses systems. |
| 862 | </blockquote> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | <p>Presently, mouse event reporting works in the following |
| 865 | environments:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 867 | <ul> |
| 868 | <li>xterm and similar programs such as rxvt.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | <li>Linux console, when configured with <code>gpm</code>(1), |
| 871 | Alessandro Rubini's mouse server.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | <li>FreeBSD sysmouse (console)</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | <li>OS/2 EMX</li> |
| 876 | </ul> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 877 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | <p>The mouse interface is very simple. To activate it, you use |
| 879 | the function <code>mousemask()</code>, passing it as first |
| 880 | argument a bit-mask that specifies what kinds of events you want |
| 881 | your program to be able to see. It will return the bit-mask of |
| 882 | events that actually become visible, which may differ from the |
| 883 | argument if the mouse device is not capable of reporting some of |
| 884 | the event types you specify.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 886 | <p>Once the mouse is active, your application's command loop |
| 887 | should watch for a return value of <code>KEY_MOUSE</code> from |
| 888 | <code>wgetch()</code>. When you see this, a mouse event report |
| 889 | has been queued. To pick it off the queue, use the function |
| 890 | <code>getmouse()</code> (you must do this before the next |
| 891 | <code>wgetch()</code>, otherwise another mouse event might come |
| 892 | in and make the first one inaccessible).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | <p>Each call to <code>getmouse()</code> fills a structure (the |
| 895 | address of which you will pass it) with mouse event data. The |
| 896 | event data includes zero-origin, screen-relative character-cell |
| 897 | coordinates of the mouse pointer. It also includes an event mask. |
| 898 | Bits in this mask will be set, corresponding to the event type |
| 899 | being reported.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | <p>The mouse structure contains two additional fields which may |
| 902 | be significant in the future as ncurses interfaces to new kinds |
| 903 | of pointing device. In addition to x and y coordinates, there is |
| 904 | a slot for a z coordinate; this might be useful with |
| 905 | touch-screens that can return a pressure or duration parameter. |
| 906 | There is also a device ID field, which could be used to |
| 907 | distinguish between multiple pointing devices.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | <p>The class of visible events may be changed at any time via |
| 910 | <code>mousemask()</code>. Events that can be reported include |
| 911 | presses, releases, single-, double- and triple-clicks (you can |
| 912 | set the maximum button-down time for clicks). If you do not make |
| 913 | clicks visible, they will be reported as press-release pairs. In |
| 914 | some environments, the event mask may include bits reporting the |
| 915 | state of shift, alt, and ctrl keys on the keyboard during the |
| 916 | event.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | <p>A function to check whether a mouse event fell within a given |
| 919 | window is also supplied. You can use this to see whether a given |
| 920 | window should consider a mouse event relevant to it.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | <p>Because mouse event reporting will not be available in all |
| 923 | environments, it would be unwise to build <code>ncurses</code> |
| 924 | applications that <em>require</em> the use of a mouse. Rather, |
| 925 | you should use the mouse as a shortcut for point-and-shoot |
| 926 | commands your application would normally accept from the |
| 927 | keyboard. Two of the test games in the <code>ncurses</code> |
| 928 | distribution (<code>bs</code> and <code>knight</code>) contain |
| 929 | code that illustrates how this can be done.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | <p>See the manual page <code>curs_mouse(3X)</code> for full |
| 932 | details of the mouse-interface functions.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | <h4><a name="finishing" id="finishing">Finishing Up</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | <p>In order to clean up after the <code>ncurses</code> routines, |
| 937 | the routine <code>endwin()</code> is provided. It restores tty |
| 938 | modes to what they were when <code>initscr()</code> was first |
| 939 | called, and moves the cursor down to the lower-left corner. Thus, |
| 940 | anytime after the call to initscr, <code>endwin()</code> should |
| 941 | be called before exiting.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 943 | <h3><a name="functions" id="functions">Function Descriptions</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | <p>We describe the detailed behavior of some important curses |
| 946 | functions here, as a supplement to the manual page |
| 947 | descriptions.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | <h4><a name="init" id="init">Initialization and Wrapup</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | <dl> |
| 952 | <dt><code>initscr()</code> |
| 953 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | <dd>The first function called should almost always be |
| 956 | <code>initscr()</code>. This will determine the terminal type |
| 957 | and initialize curses data structures. <code>initscr()</code> |
| 958 | also arranges that the first call to <code>refresh()</code> |
| 959 | will clear the screen. If an error occurs a message is written |
| 960 | to standard error and the program exits. Otherwise it returns a |
| 961 | pointer to stdscr. A few functions may be called before initscr |
| 962 | (<code>slk_init()</code>, <code>filter()</code>, |
| 963 | <code>ripoffline()</code>, <code>use_env()</code>, and, if you |
| 964 | are using multiple terminals, <code>newterm()</code>.)</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | <dt><code>endwin()</code> |
| 967 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | <dd>Your program should always call <code>endwin()</code> |
| 970 | before exiting or shelling out of the program. This function |
| 971 | will restore tty modes, move the cursor to the lower left |
| 972 | corner of the screen, reset the terminal into the proper |
| 973 | non-visual mode. Calling <code>refresh()</code> or |
| 974 | <code>doupdate()</code> after a temporary escape from the |
| 975 | program will restore the ncurses screen from before the |
| 976 | escape.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 978 | <dt><code>newterm(type, ofp, ifp)</code> |
| 979 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 981 | <dd>A program which outputs to more than one terminal should |
| 982 | use <code>newterm()</code> instead of <code>initscr()</code>. |
| 983 | <code>newterm()</code> should be called once for each terminal. |
| 984 | It returns a variable of type <code>SCREEN *</code> which |
| 985 | should be saved as a reference to that terminal. (NOTE: a |
| 986 | SCREEN variable is not a <em>screen</em> in the sense we are |
| 987 | describing in this introduction, but a collection of parameters |
| 988 | used to assist in optimizing the display.) The arguments are |
| 989 | the type of the terminal (a string) and <code>FILE</code> |
| 990 | pointers for the output and input of the terminal. If type is |
| 991 | NULL then the environment variable <code>$TERM</code> is used. |
| 992 | <code>endwin()</code> should called once at wrapup time for |
| 993 | each terminal opened using this function.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | <dt><code>set_term(new)</code> |
| 996 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | <dd>This function is used to switch to a different terminal |
| 999 | previously opened by <code>newterm()</code>. The screen |
| 1000 | reference for the new terminal is passed as the parameter. The |
| 1001 | previous terminal is returned by the function. All other calls |
| 1002 | affect only the current terminal.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | <dt><code>delscreen(sp)</code> |
| 1005 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | <dd>The inverse of <code>newterm()</code>; deallocates the data |
| 1008 | structures associated with a given <code>SCREEN</code> |
| 1009 | reference.</dd> |
| 1010 | </dl> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | <h4><a name="flush" id="flush">Causing Output to the Terminal</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | <dl> |
| 1015 | <dt><code>refresh()</code> and <code>wrefresh(win)</code></dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 | <dd>These functions must be called to actually get any output |
| 1018 | on the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data |
| 1019 | structures. <code>wrefresh()</code> copies the named window to |
| 1020 | the physical terminal screen, taking into account what is |
| 1021 | already there in order to do optimizations. |
| 1022 | <code>refresh()</code> does a refresh of <code>stdscr</code>. |
| 1023 | Unless <code>leaveok()</code> has been enabled, the physical |
| 1024 | cursor of the terminal is left at the location of the window's |
| 1025 | cursor.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | <dt><code>doupdate()</code> and |
| 1028 | <code>wnoutrefresh(win)</code></dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 | <dd>These two functions allow multiple updates with more |
| 1031 | efficiency than wrefresh. To use them, it is important to |
| 1032 | understand how curses works. In addition to all the window |
| 1033 | structures, curses keeps two data structures representing the |
| 1034 | terminal screen: a physical screen, describing what is actually |
| 1035 | on the screen, and a virtual screen, describing what the |
| 1036 | programmer wants to have on the screen. wrefresh works by first |
| 1037 | copying the named window to the virtual screen |
| 1038 | (<code>wnoutrefresh()</code>), and then calling the routine to |
| 1039 | update the screen (<code>doupdate()</code>). If the programmer |
| 1040 | wishes to output several windows at once, a series of calls to |
| 1041 | <code>wrefresh</code> will result in alternating calls to |
| 1042 | <code>wnoutrefresh()</code> and <code>doupdate()</code>, |
| 1043 | causing several bursts of output to the screen. By calling |
| 1044 | <code>wnoutrefresh()</code> for each window, it is then |
| 1045 | possible to call <code>doupdate()</code> once, resulting in |
| 1046 | only one burst of output, with fewer total characters |
| 1047 | transmitted (this also avoids a visually annoying flicker at |
| 1048 | each update).</dd> |
| 1049 | </dl> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 | <h4><a name="lowlevel" id="lowlevel">Low-Level Capability |
| 1052 | Access</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1053 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1054 | <dl> |
| 1055 | <dt><code>setupterm(term, filenum, errret)</code> |
| 1056 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | <dd> |
| 1059 | This routine is called to initialize a terminal's |
| 1060 | description, without setting up the curses screen structures |
| 1061 | or changing the tty-driver mode bits. <code>term</code> is |
| 1062 | the character string representing the name of the terminal |
| 1063 | being used. <code>filenum</code> is the UNIX file descriptor |
| 1064 | of the terminal to be used for output. <code>errret</code> is |
| 1065 | a pointer to an integer, in which a success or failure |
| 1066 | indication is returned. The values returned can be 1 (all is |
| 1067 | well), 0 (no such terminal), or -1 (some problem locating the |
| 1068 | terminfo database). |
| 1069 | <p>The value of <code>term</code> can be given as NULL, which |
| 1070 | will cause the value of <code>TERM</code> in the environment |
| 1071 | to be used. The <code>errret</code> pointer can also be given |
| 1072 | as NULL, meaning no error code is wanted. If |
| 1073 | <code>errret</code> is defaulted, and something goes wrong, |
| 1074 | <code>setupterm()</code> will print an appropriate error |
| 1075 | message and exit, rather than returning. Thus, a simple |
| 1076 | program can call setupterm(0, 1, 0) and not worry about |
| 1077 | initialization errors.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | <p>After the call to <code>setupterm()</code>, the global |
| 1080 | variable <code>cur_term</code> is set to point to the current |
| 1081 | structure of terminal capabilities. By calling |
| 1082 | <code>setupterm()</code> for each terminal, and saving and |
| 1083 | restoring <code>cur_term</code>, it is possible for a program |
| 1084 | to use two or more terminals at once. |
| 1085 | <code>Setupterm()</code> also stores the names section of the |
| 1086 | terminal description in the global character array |
| 1087 | <code>ttytype[]</code>. Subsequent calls to |
| 1088 | <code>setupterm()</code> will overwrite this array, so you |
| 1089 | will have to save it yourself if need be.</p> |
| 1090 | </dd> |
| 1091 | </dl> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | <h4><a name="debugging" id="debugging">Debugging</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1095 | <blockquote> |
| 1096 | <strong>NOTE:</strong> These functions are not part of the |
| 1097 | standard curses API! |
| 1098 | </blockquote> |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | <dl> |
| 1101 | <dt><code>trace()</code> |
| 1102 | </dt> |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | <dd>This function can be used to explicitly set a trace level. |
| 1105 | If the trace level is nonzero, execution of your program will |
| 1106 | generate a file called “trace” in the current |
| 1107 | working directory containing a report on the library's actions. |
| 1108 | Higher trace levels enable more detailed (and verbose) |
| 1109 | reporting -- see comments attached to <code>TRACE_</code> |
| 1110 | defines in the <code>curses.h</code> file for details. (It is |
| 1111 | also possible to set a trace level by assigning a trace level |
| 1112 | value to the environment variable |
| 1113 | <code>NCURSES_TRACE</code>).</dd> |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | <dt><code>_tracef()</code> |
| 1116 | </dt> |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | <dd>This function can be used to output your own debugging |
| 1119 | information. It is only available only if you link with |
| 1120 | -lncurses_g. It can be used the same way as |
| 1121 | <code>printf()</code>, only it outputs a newline after the end |
| 1122 | of arguments. The output goes to a file called |
| 1123 | <code>trace</code> in the current directory.</dd> |
| 1124 | </dl> |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | <p>Trace logs can be difficult to interpret due to the sheer |
| 1127 | volume of data dumped in them. There is a script called |
| 1128 | <strong>tracemunch</strong> included with the |
| 1129 | <code>ncurses</code> distribution that can alleviate this problem |
| 1130 | somewhat; it compacts long sequences of similar operations into |
| 1131 | more succinct single-line pseudo-operations. These pseudo-ops can |
| 1132 | be distinguished by the fact that they are named in capital |
| 1133 | letters.</p> |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | <h3><a name="hints" id="hints">Hints, Tips, and Tricks</a></h3> |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | <p>The <code>ncurses</code> manual pages are a complete reference |
| 1138 | for this library. In the remainder of this document, we discuss |
| 1139 | various useful methods that may not be obvious from the manual |
| 1140 | page descriptions.</p> |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | <h4><a name="caution" id="caution">Some Notes of Caution</a></h4> |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | <p>If you find yourself thinking you need to use |
| 1145 | <code>noraw()</code> or <code>nocbreak()</code>, think again and |
| 1146 | move carefully. It is probably better design to use |
| 1147 | <code>getstr()</code> or one of its relatives to simulate cooked |
| 1148 | mode. The <code>noraw()</code> and <code>nocbreak()</code> |
| 1149 | functions try to restore cooked mode, but they may end up |
| 1150 | clobbering some control bits set before you started your |
| 1151 | application. Also, they have always been poorly documented, and |
| 1152 | are likely to hurt your application's usability with other curses |
| 1153 | libraries.</p> |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | <p>Bear in mind that <code>refresh()</code> is a synonym for |
| 1156 | <code>wrefresh(stdscr)</code>. Do not try to mix use of |
| 1157 | <code>stdscr</code> with use of windows declared by |
| 1158 | <code>newwin()</code>; a <code>refresh()</code> call will blow |
| 1159 | them off the screen. The right way to handle this is to use |
| 1160 | <code>subwin()</code>, or not touch <code>stdscr</code> at all |
| 1161 | and tile your screen with declared windows which you then |
| 1162 | <code>wnoutrefresh()</code> somewhere in your program event loop, |
| 1163 | with a single <code>doupdate()</code> call to trigger actual |
| 1164 | repainting.</p> |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | <p>You are much less likely to run into problems if you design |
| 1167 | your screen layouts to use tiled rather than overlapping windows. |
| 1168 | Historically, curses support for overlapping windows has been |
| 1169 | weak, fragile, and poorly documented. The <code>ncurses</code> |
| 1170 | library is not yet an exception to this rule.</p> |
| 1171 | |
| 1172 | <p>There is a panels library included in the <code>ncurses</code> |
| 1173 | distribution that does a pretty good job of strengthening the |
| 1174 | overlapping-windows facilities.</p> |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 | <p>Try to avoid using the global variables LINES and COLS. Use |
| 1177 | <code>getmaxyx()</code> on the <code>stdscr</code> context |
| 1178 | instead. Reason: your code may be ported to run in an environment |
| 1179 | with window resizes, in which case several screens could be open |
| 1180 | with different sizes.</p> |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | <h4><a name="leaving" id="leaving">Temporarily Leaving NCURSES |
| 1183 | Mode</a></h4> |
| 1184 | |
| 1185 | <p>Sometimes you will want to write a program that spends most of |
| 1186 | its time in screen mode, but occasionally returns to ordinary |
| 1187 | “cooked” mode. A common reason for this is to support |
| 1188 | shell-out. This behavior is simple to arrange in |
| 1189 | <code>ncurses</code>.</p> |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | <p>To leave <code>ncurses</code> mode, call <code>endwin()</code> |
| 1192 | as you would if you were intending to terminate the program. This |
| 1193 | will take the screen back to cooked mode; you can do your |
| 1194 | shell-out. When you want to return to <code>ncurses</code> mode, |
| 1195 | simply call <code>refresh()</code> or <code>doupdate()</code>. |
| 1196 | This will repaint the screen.</p> |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | <p>There is a boolean function, <code>isendwin()</code>, which |
| 1199 | code can use to test whether <code>ncurses</code> screen mode is |
| 1200 | active. It returns <code>TRUE</code> in the interval between an |
| 1201 | <code>endwin()</code> call and the following |
| 1202 | <code>refresh()</code>, <code>FALSE</code> otherwise.</p> |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | <p>Here is some sample code for shellout:</p> |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | addstr("Shelling out..."); |
| 1208 | def_prog_mode(); /* save current tty modes */ |
| 1209 | endwin(); /* restore original tty modes */ |
| 1210 | system("sh"); /* run shell */ |
| 1211 | addstr("returned.\n"); /* prepare return message */ |
| 1212 | refresh(); /* restore save modes, repaint screen */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 | </pre> |
| 1214 | <h4><a name="xterm" id="xterm">Using NCURSES under XTERM</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | <p>A resize operation in X sends <code>SIGWINCH</code> to the |
| 1217 | application running under xterm. The easiest way to handle |
| 1218 | <code>SIGWINCH</code> is to do an <code>endwin</code>, followed |
| 1219 | by an <code>refresh</code> and a screen repaint you code |
| 1220 | yourself. The <code>refresh</code> will pick up the new screen |
| 1221 | size from the xterm's environment.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | <p>That is the standard way, of course (it even works with some |
| 1224 | vendor's curses implementations). Its drawback is that it clears |
| 1225 | the screen to reinitialize the display, and does not resize |
| 1226 | subwindows which must be shrunk. <code>Ncurses</code> provides an |
| 1227 | extension which works better, the <code>resizeterm</code> |
| 1228 | function. That function ensures that all windows are limited to |
| 1229 | the new screen dimensions, and pads <code>stdscr</code> with |
| 1230 | blanks if the screen is larger.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | <p>The <code>ncurses</code> library provides a SIGWINCH signal |
| 1233 | handler, which pushes a <code>KEY_RESIZE</code> via the wgetch() |
| 1234 | calls. When <code>ncurses</code> returns that code, it calls |
| 1235 | <code>resizeterm</code> to update the size of the standard |
| 1236 | screen's window, repainting that (filling with blanks or |
| 1237 | truncating as needed). It also resizes other windows, but its |
| 1238 | effect may be less satisfactory because it cannot know how you |
| 1239 | want the screen re-painted. You will usually have to write |
| 1240 | special-purpose code to handle <code>KEY_RESIZE</code> |
| 1241 | yourself.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | <h4><a name="screens" id="screens">Handling Multiple Terminal |
| 1244 | Screens</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | <p>The <code>initscr()</code> function actually calls a function |
| 1247 | named <code>newterm()</code> to do most of its work. If you are |
| 1248 | writing a program that opens multiple terminals, use |
| 1249 | <code>newterm()</code> directly.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | <p>For each call, you will have to specify a terminal type and a |
| 1252 | pair of file pointers; each call will return a screen reference, |
| 1253 | and <code>stdscr</code> will be set to the last one allocated. |
| 1254 | You will switch between screens with the <code>set_term</code> |
| 1255 | call. Note that you will also have to call |
| 1256 | <code>def_shell_mode</code> and <code>def_prog_mode</code> on |
| 1257 | each tty yourself.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | <h4><a name="testing" id="testing">Testing for Terminal |
| 1260 | Capabilities</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | <p>Sometimes you may want to write programs that test for the |
| 1263 | presence of various capabilities before deciding whether to go |
| 1264 | into <code>ncurses</code> mode. An easy way to do this is to call |
| 1265 | <code>setupterm()</code>, then use the functions |
| 1266 | <code>tigetflag()</code>, <code>tigetnum()</code>, and |
| 1267 | <code>tigetstr()</code> to do your testing.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | <p>A particularly useful case of this often comes up when you |
| 1270 | want to test whether a given terminal type should be treated as |
| 1271 | “smart” (cursor-addressable) or “stupid”. |
| 1272 | The right way to test this is to see if the return value of |
| 1273 | <code>tigetstr("cup")</code> is non-NULL. Alternatively, you can |
| 1274 | include the <code>term.h</code> file and test the value of the |
| 1275 | macro <code>cursor_address</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | <h4><a name="tuning" id="tuning">Tuning for Speed</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | <p>Use the <code>addchstr()</code> family of functions for fast |
| 1280 | screen-painting of text when you know the text does not contain |
| 1281 | any control characters. Try to make attribute changes infrequent |
| 1282 | on your screens. Do not use the <code>immedok()</code> |
| 1283 | option!</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | <h4><a name="special" id="special">Special Features of |
| 1286 | NCURSES</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | <p>The <code>wresize()</code> function allows you to resize a |
| 1289 | window in place. The associated <code>resizeterm()</code> |
| 1290 | function simplifies the construction of <a href= |
| 1291 | "#xterm">SIGWINCH</a> handlers, for resizing all windows.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | <p>The <code>define_key()</code> function allows you to define at |
| 1294 | runtime function-key control sequences which are not in the |
| 1295 | terminal description. The <code>keyok()</code> function allows |
| 1296 | you to temporarily enable or disable interpretation of any |
| 1297 | function-key control sequence.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | <p>The <code>use_default_colors()</code> function allows you to |
| 1300 | construct applications which can use the terminal's default |
| 1301 | foreground and background colors as an additional "default" |
| 1302 | color. Several terminal emulators support this feature, which is |
| 1303 | based on ISO 6429.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | <p>Ncurses supports up 16 colors, unlike SVr4 curses which |
| 1306 | defines only 8. While most terminals which provide color allow |
| 1307 | only 8 colors, about a quarter (including XFree86 xterm) support |
| 1308 | 16 colors.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | <h3><a name="compat" id="compat">Compatibility with Older |
| 1311 | Versions</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | <p>Despite our best efforts, there are some differences between |
| 1314 | <code>ncurses</code> and the (undocumented!) behavior of older |
| 1315 | curses implementations. These arise from ambiguities or omissions |
| 1316 | in the documentation of the API.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | <h4><a name="refbug" id="refbug">Refresh of Overlapping |
| 1319 | Windows</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | <p>If you define two windows A and B that overlap, and then |
| 1322 | alternately scribble on and refresh them, the changes made to the |
| 1323 | overlapping region under historic <code>curses</code> versions |
| 1324 | were often not documented precisely.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | <p>To understand why this is a problem, remember that screen |
| 1327 | updates are calculated between two representations of the |
| 1328 | <em>entire</em> display. The documentation says that when you |
| 1329 | refresh a window, it is first copied to the virtual screen, and |
| 1330 | then changes are calculated to update the physical screen (and |
| 1331 | applied to the terminal). But "copied to" is not very specific, |
| 1332 | and subtle differences in how copying works can produce different |
| 1333 | behaviors in the case where two overlapping windows are each |
| 1334 | being refreshed at unpredictable intervals.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | <p>What happens to the overlapping region depends on what |
| 1337 | <code>wnoutrefresh()</code> does with its argument -- what |
| 1338 | portions of the argument window it copies to the virtual screen. |
| 1339 | Some implementations do "change copy", copying down only |
| 1340 | locations in the window that have changed (or been marked changed |
| 1341 | with <code>wtouchln()</code> and friends). Some implementations |
| 1342 | do "entire copy", copying <em>all</em> window locations to the |
| 1343 | virtual screen whether or not they have changed.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | <p>The <code>ncurses</code> library itself has not always been |
| 1346 | consistent on this score. Due to a bug, versions 1.8.7 to 1.9.8a |
| 1347 | did entire copy. Versions 1.8.6 and older, and versions 1.9.9 and |
| 1348 | newer, do change copy.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | <p>For most commercial curses implementations, it is not |
| 1351 | documented and not known for sure (at least not to the |
| 1352 | <code>ncurses</code> maintainers) whether they do change copy or |
| 1353 | entire copy. We know that System V release 3 curses has logic in |
| 1354 | it that looks like an attempt to do change copy, but the |
| 1355 | surrounding logic and data representations are sufficiently |
| 1356 | complex, and our knowledge sufficiently indirect, that it is hard |
| 1357 | to know whether this is reliable. It is not clear what the SVr4 |
| 1358 | documentation and XSI standard intend. The XSI Curses standard |
| 1359 | barely mentions wnoutrefresh(); the SVr4 documents seem to be |
| 1360 | describing entire-copy, but it is possible with some effort and |
| 1361 | straining to read them the other way.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | <p>It might therefore be unwise to rely on either behavior in |
| 1364 | programs that might have to be linked with other curses |
| 1365 | implementations. Instead, you can do an explicit |
| 1366 | <code>touchwin()</code> before the <code>wnoutrefresh()</code> |
| 1367 | call to guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 | <p>The really clean way to handle this is to use the panels |
| 1370 | library. If, when you want a screen update, you do |
| 1371 | <code>update_panels()</code>, it will do all the necessary |
| 1372 | <code>wnoutrefresh()</code> calls for whatever panel stacking |
| 1373 | order you have defined. Then you can do one |
| 1374 | <code>doupdate()</code> and there will be a <em>single</em> burst |
| 1375 | of physical I/O that will do all your updates.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | <h4><a name="backbug" id="backbug">Background Erase</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | <p>If you have been using a very old versions of |
| 1380 | <code>ncurses</code> (1.8.7 or older) you may be surprised by the |
| 1381 | behavior of the erase functions. In older versions, erased areas |
| 1382 | of a window were filled with a blank modified by the window's |
| 1383 | current attribute (as set by <strong>wattrset()</strong>, |
| 1384 | <strong>wattron()</strong>, <strong>wattroff()</strong> and |
| 1385 | friends).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | <p>In newer versions, this is not so. Instead, the attribute of |
| 1388 | erased blanks is normal unless and until it is modified by the |
| 1389 | functions <code>bkgdset()</code> or <code>wbkgdset()</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | <p>This change in behavior conforms <code>ncurses</code> to |
| 1392 | System V Release 4 and the XSI Curses standard.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | <h3><a name="xsifuncs" id="xsifuncs">XSI Curses Conformance</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | <p>The <code>ncurses</code> library is intended to be base-level |
| 1397 | conformant with the XSI Curses standard from X/Open. Many |
| 1398 | extended-level features (in fact, almost all features not |
| 1399 | directly concerned with wide characters and internationalization) |
| 1400 | are also supported.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | <p>One effect of XSI conformance is the change in behavior |
| 1403 | described under <a href="#backbug">"Background Erase -- |
| 1404 | Compatibility with Old Versions"</a>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | <p>Also, <code>ncurses</code> meets the XSI requirement that |
| 1407 | every macro entry point have a corresponding function which may |
| 1408 | be linked (and will be prototype-checked) if the macro definition |
| 1409 | is disabled with <code>#undef</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | <h2><a name="panels" id="panels">The Panels Library</a></h2> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | <p>The <code>ncurses</code> library by itself provides good |
| 1414 | support for screen displays in which the windows are tiled |
| 1415 | (non-overlapping). In the more general case that windows may |
| 1416 | overlap, you have to use a series of <code>wnoutrefresh()</code> |
| 1417 | calls followed by a <code>doupdate()</code>, and be careful about |
| 1418 | the order you do the window refreshes in. It has to be |
| 1419 | bottom-upwards, otherwise parts of windows that should be |
| 1420 | obscured will show through.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | <p>When your interface design is such that windows may dive |
| 1423 | deeper into the visibility stack or pop to the top at runtime, |
| 1424 | the resulting book-keeping can be tedious and difficult to get |
| 1425 | right. Hence the panels library.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | <p>The <code>panel</code> library first appeared in AT&T |
| 1428 | System V. The version documented here is the <code>panel</code> |
| 1429 | code distributed with <code>ncurses</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | <h3><a name="pcompile" id="pcompile">Compiling With the Panels |
| 1432 | Library</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | <p>Your panels-using modules must import the panels library |
| 1435 | declarations with</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 1438 | #include <panel.h> |
| 1439 | </pre> |
| 1440 | <p>and must be linked explicitly with the panels library using an |
| 1441 | <code>-lpanel</code> argument. Note that they must also link the |
| 1442 | <code>ncurses</code> library with <code>-lncurses</code>. Many |
| 1443 | linkers are two-pass and will accept either order, but it is |
| 1444 | still good practice to put <code>-lpanel</code> first and |
| 1445 | <code>-lncurses</code> second.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | <h3><a name="poverview" id="poverview">Overview of Panels</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | <p>A panel object is a window that is implicitly treated as part |
| 1450 | of a <dfn>deck</dfn> including all other panel objects. The deck |
| 1451 | has an implicit bottom-to-top visibility order. The panels |
| 1452 | library includes an update function (analogous to |
| 1453 | <code>refresh()</code>) that displays all panels in the deck in |
| 1454 | the proper order to resolve overlaps. The standard window, |
| 1455 | <code>stdscr</code>, is considered below all panels.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1457 | <p>Details on the panels functions are available in the man |
| 1458 | pages. We will just hit the highlights here.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | <p>You create a panel from a window by calling |
| 1461 | <code>new_panel()</code> on a window pointer. It then becomes the |
| 1462 | top of the deck. The panel's window is available as the value of |
| 1463 | <code>panel_window()</code> called with the panel pointer as |
| 1464 | argument.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | <p>You can delete a panel (removing it from the deck) with |
| 1467 | <code>del_panel</code>. This will not deallocate the associated |
| 1468 | window; you have to do that yourself. You can replace a panel's |
| 1469 | window with a different window by calling |
| 1470 | <code>replace_window</code>. The new window may be of different |
| 1471 | size; the panel code will re-compute all overlaps. This operation |
| 1472 | does not change the panel's position in the deck.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | <p>To move a panel's window, use <code>move_panel()</code>. The |
| 1475 | <code>mvwin()</code> function on the panel's window is not |
| 1476 | sufficient because it does not update the panels library's |
| 1477 | representation of where the windows are. This operation leaves |
| 1478 | the panel's depth, contents, and size unchanged.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | <p>Two functions (<code>top_panel()</code>, |
| 1481 | <code>bottom_panel()</code>) are provided for rearranging the |
| 1482 | deck. The first pops its argument window to the top of the deck; |
| 1483 | the second sends it to the bottom. Either operation leaves the |
| 1484 | panel's screen location, contents, and size unchanged.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1485 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | <p>The function <code>update_panels()</code> does all the |
| 1487 | <code>wnoutrefresh()</code> calls needed to prepare for |
| 1488 | <code>doupdate()</code> (which you must call yourself, |
| 1489 | afterwards).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | <p>Typically, you will want to call <code>update_panels()</code> |
| 1492 | and <code>doupdate()</code> just before accepting command input, |
| 1493 | once in each cycle of interaction with the user. If you call |
| 1494 | <code>update_panels()</code> after each and every panel write, |
| 1495 | you will generate a lot of unnecessary refresh activity and |
| 1496 | screen flicker.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1497 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 | <h3><a name="pstdscr" id="pstdscr">Panels, Input, and the |
| 1499 | Standard Screen</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | <p>You should not mix <code>wnoutrefresh()</code> or |
| 1502 | <code>wrefresh()</code> operations with panels code; this will |
| 1503 | work only if the argument window is either in the top panel or |
| 1504 | unobscured by any other panels.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | <p>The <code>stsdcr</code> window is a special case. It is |
| 1507 | considered below all panels. Because changes to panels may |
| 1508 | obscure parts of <code>stdscr</code>, though, you should call |
| 1509 | <code>update_panels()</code> before <code>doupdate()</code> even |
| 1510 | when you only change <code>stdscr</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | <p>Note that <code>wgetch</code> automatically calls |
| 1513 | <code>wrefresh</code>. Therefore, before requesting input from a |
| 1514 | panel window, you need to be sure that the panel is totally |
| 1515 | unobscured.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | <p>There is presently no way to display changes to one obscured |
| 1518 | panel without repainting all panels.</p> |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | <h3><a name="hiding" id="hiding">Hiding Panels</a></h3> |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | <p>It is possible to remove a panel from the deck temporarily; |
| 1523 | use <code>hide_panel</code> for this. Use |
| 1524 | <code>show_panel()</code> to render it visible again. The |
| 1525 | predicate function <code>panel_hidden</code> tests whether or not |
| 1526 | a panel is hidden.</p> |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | <p>The <code>panel_update</code> code ignores hidden panels. You |
| 1529 | cannot do <code>top_panel()</code> or <code>bottom_panel</code> |
| 1530 | on a hidden panel(). Other panels operations are applicable.</p> |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | <h3><a name="pmisc" id="pmisc">Miscellaneous Other Facilities</a></h3> |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | <p>It is possible to navigate the deck using the functions |
| 1535 | <code>panel_above()</code> and <code>panel_below</code>. Handed a |
| 1536 | panel pointer, they return the panel above or below that panel. |
| 1537 | Handed <code>NULL</code>, they return the bottom-most or top-most |
| 1538 | panel.</p> |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | <p>Every panel has an associated user pointer, not used by the |
| 1541 | panel code, to which you can attach application data. See the man |
| 1542 | page documentation of <code>set_panel_userptr()</code> and |
| 1543 | <code>panel_userptr</code> for details.</p> |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | <h2><a name="menu" id="menu">The Menu Library</a></h2> |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | <p>A menu is a screen display that assists the user to choose |
| 1548 | some subset of a given set of items. The <code>menu</code> |
| 1549 | library is a curses extension that supports easy programming of |
| 1550 | menu hierarchies with a uniform but flexible interface.</p> |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | <p>The <code>menu</code> library first appeared in AT&T |
| 1553 | System V. The version documented here is the <code>menu</code> |
| 1554 | code distributed with <code>ncurses</code>.</p> |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | <h3><a name="mcompile" id="mcompile">Compiling With the menu |
| 1557 | Library</a></h3> |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | <p>Your menu-using modules must import the menu library |
| 1560 | declarations with</p> |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 1563 | #include <menu.h> |
| 1564 | </pre> |
| 1565 | <p>and must be linked explicitly with the menus library using an |
| 1566 | <code>-lmenu</code> argument. Note that they must also link the |
| 1567 | <code>ncurses</code> library with <code>-lncurses</code>. Many |
| 1568 | linkers are two-pass and will accept either order, but it is |
| 1569 | still good practice to put <code>-lmenu</code> first and |
| 1570 | <code>-lncurses</code> second.</p> |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 | <h3><a name="moverview" id="moverview">Overview of Menus</a></h3> |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | <p>The menus created by this library consist of collections of |
| 1575 | <dfn>items</dfn> including a name string part and a description |
| 1576 | string part. To make menus, you create groups of these items and |
| 1577 | connect them with menu frame objects.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | <p>The menu can then by <dfn>posted</dfn>, that is written to an |
| 1580 | associated window. Actually, each menu has two associated |
| 1581 | windows; a containing window in which the programmer can scribble |
| 1582 | titles or borders, and a subwindow in which the menu items proper |
| 1583 | are displayed. If this subwindow is too small to display all the |
| 1584 | items, it will be a scrollable viewport on the collection of |
| 1585 | items.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | <p>A menu may also be <dfn>unposted</dfn> (that is, undisplayed), |
| 1588 | and finally freed to make the storage associated with it and its |
| 1589 | items available for re-use.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | <p>The general flow of control of a menu program looks like |
| 1592 | this:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | <ol> |
| 1595 | <li>Initialize <code>curses</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | <li>Create the menu items, using <code>new_item()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | <li>Create the menu using <code>new_menu()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | <li>Post the menu using <code>post_menu()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1603 | <li>Refresh the screen.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1605 | <li>Process user requests via an input loop.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | <li>Unpost the menu using <code>unpost_menu()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1609 | <li>Free the menu, using <code>free_menu()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1611 | <li>Free the items using <code>free_item()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1613 | <li>Terminate <code>curses</code>.</li> |
| 1614 | </ol> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | <h3><a name="mselect" id="mselect">Selecting items</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | <p>Menus may be multi-valued or (the default) single-valued (see |
| 1619 | the manual page <code>menu_opts(3x)</code> to see how to change |
| 1620 | the default). Both types always have a <dfn>current |
| 1621 | item</dfn>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | <p>From a single-valued menu you can read the selected value |
| 1624 | simply by looking at the current item. From a multi-valued menu, |
| 1625 | you get the selected set by looping through the items applying |
| 1626 | the <code>item_value()</code> predicate function. Your |
| 1627 | menu-processing code can use the function |
| 1628 | <code>set_item_value()</code> to flag the items in the select |
| 1629 | set.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 | <p>Menu items can be made unselectable using |
| 1632 | <code>set_item_opts()</code> or <code>item_opts_off()</code> with |
| 1633 | the <code>O_SELECTABLE</code> argument. This is the only option |
| 1634 | so far defined for menus, but it is good practice to code as |
| 1635 | though other option bits might be on.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 | <h3><a name="mdisplay" id="mdisplay">Menu Display</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | <p>The menu library calculates a minimum display size for your |
| 1640 | window, based on the following variables:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | <ul> |
| 1643 | <li>The number and maximum length of the menu items</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 | <li>Whether the O_ROWMAJOR option is enabled</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | <li>Whether display of descriptions is enabled</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1649 | <li>Whatever menu format may have been set by the |
| 1650 | programmer</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1651 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | <li>The length of the menu mark string used for highlighting |
| 1653 | selected items</li> |
| 1654 | </ul> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1656 | <p>The function <code>set_menu_format()</code> allows you to set |
| 1657 | the maximum size of the viewport or <dfn>menu page</dfn> that |
| 1658 | will be used to display menu items. You can retrieve any format |
| 1659 | associated with a menu with <code>menu_format()</code>. The |
| 1660 | default format is rows=16, columns=1.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1661 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1662 | <p>The actual menu page may be smaller than the format size. This |
| 1663 | depends on the item number and size and whether O_ROWMAJOR is on. |
| 1664 | This option (on by default) causes menu items to be displayed in |
| 1665 | a “raster-scan” pattern, so that if more than one |
| 1666 | item will fit horizontally the first couple of items are |
| 1667 | side-by-side in the top row. The alternative is column-major |
| 1668 | display, which tries to put the first several items in the first |
| 1669 | column.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | <p>As mentioned above, a menu format not large enough to allow |
| 1672 | all items to fit on-screen will result in a menu display that is |
| 1673 | vertically scrollable.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | <p>You can scroll it with requests to the menu driver, which will |
| 1676 | be described in the section on <a href="#minput">menu input |
| 1677 | handling</a>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | <p>Each menu has a <dfn>mark string</dfn> used to visually tag |
| 1680 | selected items; see the <code>menu_mark(3x)</code> manual page |
| 1681 | for details. The mark string length also influences the menu page |
| 1682 | size.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1684 | <p>The function <code>scale_menu()</code> returns the minimum |
| 1685 | display size that the menu code computes from all these factors. |
| 1686 | There are other menu display attributes including a select |
| 1687 | attribute, an attribute for selectable items, an attribute for |
| 1688 | unselectable items, and a pad character used to separate item |
| 1689 | name text from description text. These have reasonable defaults |
| 1690 | which the library allows you to change (see the |
| 1691 | <code>menu_attribs(3x)</code> manual page.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | <h3><a name="mwindows" id="mwindows">Menu Windows</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 | <p>Each menu has, as mentioned previously, a pair of associated |
| 1696 | windows. Both these windows are painted when the menu is posted |
| 1697 | and erased when the menu is unposted.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | <p>The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the menu |
| 1700 | routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a |
| 1701 | border, or perhaps help text with the menu and have it properly |
| 1702 | refreshed or erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or |
| 1703 | <dfn>subwindow</dfn> is where the current menu page is |
| 1704 | displayed.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1706 | <p>By default, both windows are <code>stdscr</code>. You can set |
| 1707 | them with the functions in <code>menu_win(3x)</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | <p>When you call <code>post_menu()</code>, you write the menu to |
| 1710 | its subwindow. When you call <code>unpost_menu()</code>, you |
| 1711 | erase the subwindow, However, neither of these actually modifies |
| 1712 | the screen. To do that, call <code>wrefresh()</code> or some |
| 1713 | equivalent.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | <h3><a name="minput" id="minput">Processing Menu Input</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | <p>The main loop of your menu-processing code should call |
| 1718 | <code>menu_driver()</code> repeatedly. The first argument of this |
| 1719 | routine is a menu pointer; the second is a menu command code. You |
| 1720 | should write an input-fetching routine that maps input characters |
| 1721 | to menu command codes, and pass its output to |
| 1722 | <code>menu_driver()</code>. The menu command codes are fully |
| 1723 | documented in <code>menu_driver(3x)</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | <p>The simplest group of command codes is |
| 1726 | <code>REQ_NEXT_ITEM</code>, <code>REQ_PREV_ITEM</code>, |
| 1727 | <code>REQ_FIRST_ITEM</code>, <code>REQ_LAST_ITEM</code>, |
| 1728 | <code>REQ_UP_ITEM</code>, <code>REQ_DOWN_ITEM</code>, |
| 1729 | <code>REQ_LEFT_ITEM</code>, <code>REQ_RIGHT_ITEM</code>. These |
| 1730 | change the currently selected item. These requests may cause |
| 1731 | scrolling of the menu page if it only partially displayed.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1732 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 | <p>There are explicit requests for scrolling which also change |
| 1734 | the current item (because the select location does not change, |
| 1735 | but the item there does). These are <code>REQ_SCR_DLINE</code>, |
| 1736 | <code>REQ_SCR_ULINE</code>, <code>REQ_SCR_DPAGE</code>, and |
| 1737 | <code>REQ_SCR_UPAGE</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | <p>The <code>REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM</code> selects or deselects the |
| 1740 | current item. It is for use in multi-valued menus; if you use it |
| 1741 | with <code>O_ONEVALUE</code> on, you will get an error return |
| 1742 | (<code>E_REQUEST_DENIED</code>).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | <p>Each menu has an associated pattern buffer. The |
| 1745 | <code>menu_driver()</code> logic tries to accumulate printable |
| 1746 | ASCII characters passed in in that buffer; when it matches a |
| 1747 | prefix of an item name, that item (or the next matching item) is |
| 1748 | selected. If appending a character yields no new match, that |
| 1749 | character is deleted from the pattern buffer, and |
| 1750 | <code>menu_driver()</code> returns <code>E_NO_MATCH</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | <p>Some requests change the pattern buffer directly: |
| 1753 | <code>REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN</code>, <code>REQ_BACK_PATTERN</code>, |
| 1754 | <code>REQ_NEXT_MATCH</code>, <code>REQ_PREV_MATCH</code>. The |
| 1755 | latter two are useful when pattern buffer input matches more than |
| 1756 | one item in a multi-valued menu.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | <p>Each successful scroll or item navigation request clears the |
| 1759 | pattern buffer. It is also possible to set the pattern buffer |
| 1760 | explicitly with <code>set_menu_pattern()</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1762 | <p>Finally, menu driver requests above the constant |
| 1763 | <code>MAX_COMMAND</code> are considered application-specific |
| 1764 | commands. The <code>menu_driver()</code> code ignores them and |
| 1765 | returns <code>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | <h3><a name="mmisc" id="mmisc">Miscellaneous Other Features</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | <p>Various menu options can affect the processing and visual |
| 1770 | appearance and input processing of menus. See <code>menu_opts(3x) |
| 1771 | for details.</code></p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1772 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1773 | <p>It is possible to change the current item from application |
| 1774 | code; this is useful if you want to write your own navigation |
| 1775 | requests. It is also possible to explicitly set the top row of |
| 1776 | the menu display. See <code>mitem_current(3x)</code>. If your |
| 1777 | application needs to change the menu subwindow cursor for any |
| 1778 | reason, <code>pos_menu_cursor()</code> will restore it to the |
| 1779 | correct location for continuing menu driver processing.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | <p>It is possible to set hooks to be called at menu |
| 1782 | initialization and wrapup time, and whenever the selected item |
| 1783 | changes. See <code>menu_hook(3x)</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | <p>Each item, and each menu, has an associated user pointer on |
| 1786 | which you can hang application data. See |
| 1787 | <code>mitem_userptr(3x)</code> and |
| 1788 | <code>menu_userptr(3x)</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1789 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 | <h2><a name="form" id="form">The Forms Library</a></h2> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | <p>The <code>form</code> library is a curses extension that |
| 1793 | supports easy programming of on-screen forms for data entry and |
| 1794 | program control.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | <p>The <code>form</code> library first appeared in AT&T |
| 1797 | System V. The version documented here is the <code>form</code> |
| 1798 | code distributed with <code>ncurses</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | <h3><a name="fcompile" id="fcompile">Compiling With the form |
| 1801 | Library</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | <p>Your form-using modules must import the form library |
| 1804 | declarations with</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1805 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 1807 | #include <form.h> |
| 1808 | </pre> |
| 1809 | <p>and must be linked explicitly with the forms library using an |
| 1810 | <code>-lform</code> argument. Note that they must also link the |
| 1811 | <code>ncurses</code> library with <code>-lncurses</code>. Many |
| 1812 | linkers are two-pass and will accept either order, but it is |
| 1813 | still good practice to put <code>-lform</code> first and |
| 1814 | <code>-lncurses</code> second.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | <h3><a name="foverview" id="foverview">Overview of Forms</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 | <p>A form is a collection of fields; each field may be either a |
| 1819 | label (explanatory text) or a data-entry location. Long forms may |
| 1820 | be segmented into pages; each entry to a new page clears the |
| 1821 | screen.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | <p>To make forms, you create groups of fields and connect them |
| 1824 | with form frame objects; the form library makes this relatively |
| 1825 | simple.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | <p>Once defined, a form can be <dfn>posted</dfn>, that is written |
| 1828 | to an associated window. Actually, each form has two associated |
| 1829 | windows; a containing window in which the programmer can scribble |
| 1830 | titles or borders, and a subwindow in which the form fields |
| 1831 | proper are displayed.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1832 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | <p>As the form user fills out the posted form, navigation and |
| 1834 | editing keys support movement between fields, editing keys |
| 1835 | support modifying field, and plain text adds to or changes data |
| 1836 | in a current field. The form library allows you (the forms |
| 1837 | designer) to bind each navigation and editing key to any |
| 1838 | keystroke accepted by <code>curses</code> Fields may have |
| 1839 | validation conditions on them, so that they check input data for |
| 1840 | type and value. The form library supplies a rich set of |
| 1841 | pre-defined field types, and makes it relatively easy to define |
| 1842 | new ones.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | <p>Once its transaction is completed (or aborted), a form may be |
| 1845 | <dfn>unposted</dfn> (that is, undisplayed), and finally freed to |
| 1846 | make the storage associated with it and its items available for |
| 1847 | re-use.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | <p>The general flow of control of a form program looks like |
| 1850 | this:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | <ol> |
| 1853 | <li>Initialize <code>curses</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | <li>Create the form fields, using |
| 1856 | <code>new_field()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | <li>Create the form using <code>new_form()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | <li>Post the form using <code>post_form()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | <li>Refresh the screen.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | <li>Process user requests via an input loop.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | <li>Unpost the form using <code>unpost_form()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | <li>Free the form, using <code>free_form()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | <li>Free the fields using <code>free_field()</code>.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | <li>Terminate <code>curses</code>.</li> |
| 1873 | </ol> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1874 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | <p>Note that this looks much like a menu program; the form |
| 1876 | library handles tasks which are in many ways similar, and its |
| 1877 | interface was obviously designed to resemble that of the <a href= |
| 1878 | "#menu">menu library</a> wherever possible.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | <p>In forms programs, however, the “process user |
| 1881 | requests” is somewhat more complicated than for menus. |
| 1882 | Besides menu-like navigation operations, the menu driver loop has |
| 1883 | to support field editing and data validation.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | <h3><a name="fcreate" id="fcreate">Creating and Freeing Fields |
| 1886 | and Forms</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | <p>The basic function for creating fields is |
| 1889 | <code>new_field()</code>:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | FIELD *new_field(int height, int width, /* new field size */ |
| 1893 | int top, int left, /* upper left corner */ |
| 1894 | int offscreen, /* number of offscreen rows */ |
| 1895 | int nbuf); /* number of working buffers */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | </pre> |
| 1897 | <p>Menu items always occupy a single row, but forms fields may |
| 1898 | have multiple rows. So <code>new_field()</code> requires you to |
| 1899 | specify a width and height (the first two arguments, which mist |
| 1900 | both be greater than zero).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | <p>You must also specify the location of the field's upper left |
| 1903 | corner on the screen (the third and fourth arguments, which must |
| 1904 | be zero or greater). Note that these coordinates are relative to |
| 1905 | the form subwindow, which will coincide with <code>stdscr</code> |
| 1906 | by default but need not be <code>stdscr</code> if you have done |
| 1907 | an explicit <code>set_form_win()</code> call.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1909 | <p>The fifth argument allows you to specify a number of |
| 1910 | off-screen rows. If this is zero, the entire field will always be |
| 1911 | displayed. If it is nonzero, the form will be scrollable, with |
| 1912 | only one screen-full (initially the top part) displayed at any |
| 1913 | given time. If you make a field dynamic and grow it so it will no |
| 1914 | longer fit on the screen, the form will become scrollable even if |
| 1915 | the <code>offscreen</code> argument was initially zero.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | <p>The forms library allocates one working buffer per field; the |
| 1918 | size of each buffer is <code>((height + offscreen)*width + |
| 1919 | 1</code>, one character for each position in the field plus a NUL |
| 1920 | terminator. The sixth argument is the number of additional data |
| 1921 | buffers to allocate for the field; your application can use them |
| 1922 | for its own purposes.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, /* field to copy */ |
| 1926 | int top, int left); /* location of new copy */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | </pre> |
| 1928 | <p>The function <code>dup_field()</code> duplicates an existing |
| 1929 | field at a new location. Size and buffering information are |
| 1930 | copied; some attribute flags and status bits are not (see the |
| 1931 | <code>form_field_new(3X)</code> for details).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, /* field to copy */ |
| 1935 | int top, int left); /* location of new copy */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 | </pre> |
| 1937 | <p>The function <code>link_field()</code> also duplicates an |
| 1938 | existing field at a new location. The difference from |
| 1939 | <code>dup_field()</code> is that it arranges for the new field's |
| 1940 | buffer to be shared with the old one.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | <p>Besides the obvious use in making a field editable from two |
| 1943 | different form pages, linked fields give you a way to hack in |
| 1944 | dynamic labels. If you declare several fields linked to an |
| 1945 | original, and then make them inactive, changes from the original |
| 1946 | will still be propagated to the linked fields.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 | <p>As with duplicated fields, linked fields have attribute bits |
| 1949 | separate from the original.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1950 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1951 | <p>As you might guess, all these field-allocations return |
| 1952 | <code>NULL</code> if the field allocation is not possible due to |
| 1953 | an out-of-memory error or out-of-bounds arguments.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 | <p>To connect fields to a form, use</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1956 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields); |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 | </pre> |
| 1960 | <p>This function expects to see a NULL-terminated array of field |
| 1961 | pointers. Said fields are connected to a newly-allocated form |
| 1962 | object; its address is returned (or else NULL if the allocation |
| 1963 | fails).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1965 | <p>Note that <code>new_field()</code> does <em>not</em> copy the |
| 1966 | pointer array into private storage; if you modify the contents of |
| 1967 | the pointer array during forms processing, all manner of bizarre |
| 1968 | things might happen. Also note that any given field may only be |
| 1969 | connected to one form.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | <p>The functions <code>free_field()</code> and |
| 1972 | <code>free_form</code> are available to free field and form |
| 1973 | objects. It is an error to attempt to free a field connected to a |
| 1974 | form, but not vice-versa; thus, you will generally free your form |
| 1975 | objects first.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1977 | <h3><a name="fattributes" id="fattributes">Fetching and Changing |
| 1978 | Field Attributes</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 | <p>Each form field has a number of location and size attributes |
| 1981 | associated with it. There are other field attributes used to |
| 1982 | control display and editing of the field. Some (for example, the |
| 1983 | <code>O_STATIC</code> bit) involve sufficient complications to be |
| 1984 | covered in sections of their own later on. We cover the functions |
| 1985 | used to get and set several basic attributes here.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 | <p>When a field is created, the attributes not specified by the |
| 1988 | <code>new_field</code> function are copied from an invisible |
| 1989 | system default field. In attribute-setting and -fetching |
| 1990 | functions, the argument NULL is taken to mean this field. Changes |
| 1991 | to it persist as defaults until your forms application |
| 1992 | terminates.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | <h4><a name="fsizes" id="fsizes">Fetching Size and Location |
| 1995 | Data</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | <p>You can retrieve field sizes and locations through:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | int field_info(FIELD *field, /* field from which to fetch */ |
| 2001 | int *height, *int width, /* field size */ |
| 2002 | int *top, int *left, /* upper left corner */ |
| 2003 | int *offscreen, /* number of offscreen rows */ |
| 2004 | int *nbuf); /* number of working buffers */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2005 | </pre> |
| 2006 | <p>This function is a sort of inverse of |
| 2007 | <code>new_field()</code>; instead of setting size and location |
| 2008 | attributes of a new field, it fetches them from an existing |
| 2009 | one.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | <h4><a name="flocation" id="flocation">Changing the Field |
| 2012 | Location</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | <p>It is possible to move a field's location on the screen:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | int move_field(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2018 | int top, int left); /* new upper-left corner */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | </pre> |
| 2020 | <p>You can, of course. query the current location through |
| 2021 | <code>field_info()</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 | <h4><a name="fjust" id="fjust">The Justification Attribute</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | <p>One-line fields may be unjustified, justified right, justified |
| 2026 | left, or centered. Here is how you manipulate this attribute:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | int set_field_just(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2030 | int justmode); /* mode to set */ |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 | int field_just(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | </pre> |
| 2034 | <p>The mode values accepted and returned by this functions are |
| 2035 | preprocessor macros <code>NO_JUSTIFICATION</code>, |
| 2036 | <code>JUSTIFY_RIGHT</code>, <code>JUSTIFY_LEFT</code>, or |
| 2037 | <code>JUSTIFY_CENTER</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2039 | <h4><a name="fdispatts" id="fdispatts">Field Display |
| 2040 | Attributes</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2042 | <p>For each field, you can set a foreground attribute for entered |
| 2043 | characters, a background attribute for the entire field, and a |
| 2044 | pad character for the unfilled portion of the field. You can also |
| 2045 | control pagination of the form.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | <p>This group of four field attributes controls the visual |
| 2048 | appearance of the field on the screen, without affecting in any |
| 2049 | way the data in the field buffer.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2053 | chtype attr); /* attribute to set */ |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 | chtype field_fore(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 | int set_field_back(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2058 | chtype attr); /* attribute to set */ |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | chtype field_back(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2063 | int pad); /* pad character to set */ |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | chtype field_pad(FIELD *field); |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | int set_new_page(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2068 | int flag); /* TRUE to force new page */ |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | chtype new_page(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | </pre> |
| 2072 | <p>The attributes set and returned by the first four functions |
| 2073 | are normal <code>curses(3x)</code> display attribute values |
| 2074 | (<code>A_STANDOUT</code>, <code>A_BOLD</code>, |
| 2075 | <code>A_REVERSE</code> etc). The page bit of a field controls |
| 2076 | whether it is displayed at the start of a new form screen.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | <h4><a name="foptions" id="foptions">Field Option Bits</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | <p>There is also a large collection of field option bits you can |
| 2081 | set to control various aspects of forms processing. You can |
| 2082 | manipulate them with these functions:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2083 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2086 | int attr); /* attribute to set */ |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2089 | int attr); /* attributes to turn on */ |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2092 | int attr); /* attributes to turn off */ |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | int field_opts(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | </pre> |
| 2096 | <p>By default, all options are on. Here are the available option |
| 2097 | bits:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | <dl> |
| 2100 | <dt>O_VISIBLE</dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2101 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 | <dd>Controls whether the field is visible on the screen. Can be |
| 2103 | used during form processing to hide or pop up fields depending |
| 2104 | on the value of parent fields.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | <dt>O_ACTIVE</dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | <dd>Controls whether the field is active during forms |
| 2109 | processing (i.e. visited by form navigation keys). Can be used |
| 2110 | to make labels or derived fields with buffer values alterable |
| 2111 | by the forms application, not the user.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | <dt>O_PUBLIC</dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2114 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | <dd>Controls whether data is displayed during field entry. If |
| 2116 | this option is turned off on a field, the library will accept |
| 2117 | and edit data in that field, but it will not be displayed and |
| 2118 | the visible field cursor will not move. You can turn off the |
| 2119 | O_PUBLIC bit to define password fields.</dd> |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | <dt>O_EDIT</dt> |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 | <dd>Controls whether the field's data can be modified. When |
| 2124 | this option is off, all editing requests except |
| 2125 | <code>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</code> and <code>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</code> |
| 2126 | will fail. Such read-only fields may be useful for help |
| 2127 | messages.</dd> |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 | <dt>O_WRAP</dt> |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | <dd>Controls word-wrapping in multi-line fields. Normally, when |
| 2132 | any character of a (blank-separated) word reaches the end of |
| 2133 | the current line, the entire word is wrapped to the next line |
| 2134 | (assuming there is one). When this option is off, the word will |
| 2135 | be split across the line break.</dd> |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | <dt>O_BLANK</dt> |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 | <dd>Controls field blanking. When this option is on, entering a |
| 2140 | character at the first field position erases the entire field |
| 2141 | (except for the just-entered character).</dd> |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | <dt>O_AUTOSKIP</dt> |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | <dd>Controls automatic skip to next field when this one fills. |
| 2146 | Normally, when the forms user tries to type more data into a |
| 2147 | field than will fit, the editing location jumps to next field. |
| 2148 | When this option is off, the user's cursor will hang at the end |
| 2149 | of the field. This option is ignored in dynamic fields that |
| 2150 | have not reached their size limit.</dd> |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | <dt>O_NULLOK</dt> |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | <dd>Controls whether <a href="#fvalidation">validation</a> is |
| 2155 | applied to blank fields. Normally, it is not; the user can |
| 2156 | leave a field blank without invoking the usual validation check |
| 2157 | on exit. If this option is off on a field, exit from it will |
| 2158 | invoke a validation check.</dd> |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | <dt>O_PASSOK</dt> |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | <dd>Controls whether validation occurs on every exit, or only |
| 2163 | after the field is modified. Normally the latter is true. |
| 2164 | Setting O_PASSOK may be useful if your field's validation |
| 2165 | function may change during forms processing.</dd> |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | <dt>O_STATIC</dt> |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | <dd>Controls whether the field is fixed to its initial |
| 2170 | dimensions. If you turn this off, the field becomes <a href= |
| 2171 | "#fdynamic">dynamic</a> and will stretch to fit entered |
| 2172 | data.</dd> |
| 2173 | </dl> |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | <p>A field's options cannot be changed while the field is |
| 2176 | currently selected. However, options may be changed on posted |
| 2177 | fields that are not current.</p> |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | <p>The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with |
| 2180 | logical-or in the obvious way.</p> |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | <h3><a name="fstatus" id="fstatus">Field Status</a></h3> |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | <p>Every field has a status flag, which is set to FALSE when the |
| 2185 | field is created and TRUE when the value in field buffer 0 |
| 2186 | changes. This flag can be queried and set directly:</p> |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | int set_field_status(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2190 | int status); /* mode to set */ |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | int field_status(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | </pre> |
| 2194 | <p>Setting this flag under program control can be useful if you |
| 2195 | use the same form repeatedly, looking for modified fields each |
| 2196 | time.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | <p>Calling <code>field_status()</code> on a field not currently |
| 2199 | selected for input will return a correct value. Calling |
| 2200 | <code>field_status()</code> on a field that is currently selected |
| 2201 | for input may not necessarily give a correct field status value, |
| 2202 | because entered data is not necessarily copied to buffer zero |
| 2203 | before the exit validation check. To guarantee that the returned |
| 2204 | status value reflects reality, call <code>field_status()</code> |
| 2205 | either (1) in the field's exit validation check routine, (2) from |
| 2206 | the field's or form's initialization or termination hooks, or (3) |
| 2207 | just after a <code>REQ_VALIDATION</code> request has been |
| 2208 | processed by the forms driver.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | <h3><a name="fuser" id="fuser">Field User Pointer</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | <p>Each field structure contains one character pointer slot that |
| 2213 | is not used by the forms library. It is intended to be used by |
| 2214 | applications to store private per-field data. You can manipulate |
| 2215 | it with:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2219 | char *userptr); /* mode to set */ |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | char *field_userptr(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | </pre>(Properly, this user pointer field ought to have <code>(void |
| 2223 | *)</code> type. The <code>(char *)</code> type is retained for |
| 2224 | System V compatibility.) |
| 2225 | <p>It is valid to set the user pointer of the default field (with |
| 2226 | a <code>set_field_userptr()</code> call passed a NULL field |
| 2227 | pointer.) When a new field is created, the default-field user |
| 2228 | pointer is copied to initialize the new field's user pointer.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | <h3><a name="fdynamic" id="fdynamic">Variable-Sized Fields</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | <p>Normally, a field is fixed at the size specified for it at |
| 2233 | creation time. If, however, you turn off its O_STATIC bit, it |
| 2234 | becomes <dfn>dynamic</dfn> and will automatically resize itself |
| 2235 | to accommodate data as it is entered. If the field has extra |
| 2236 | buffers associated with it, they will grow right along with the |
| 2237 | main input buffer.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | <p>A one-line dynamic field will have a fixed height (1) but |
| 2240 | variable width, scrolling horizontally to display data within the |
| 2241 | field area as originally dimensioned and located. A multi-line |
| 2242 | dynamic field will have a fixed width, but variable height |
| 2243 | (number of rows), scrolling vertically to display data within the |
| 2244 | field area as originally dimensioned and located.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | <p>Normally, a dynamic field is allowed to grow without limit. |
| 2247 | But it is possible to set an upper limit on the size of a dynamic |
| 2248 | field. You do it with this function:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | int set_max_field(FIELD *field, /* field to alter (may not be NULL) */ |
| 2252 | int max_size); /* upper limit on field size */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | </pre> |
| 2254 | <p>If the field is one-line, <code>max_size</code> is taken to be |
| 2255 | a column size limit; if it is multi-line, it is taken to be a |
| 2256 | line size limit. To disable any limit, use an argument of zero. |
| 2257 | The growth limit can be changed whether or not the O_STATIC bit |
| 2258 | is on, but has no effect until it is.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | <p>The following properties of a field change when it becomes |
| 2261 | dynamic:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 | <ul> |
| 2264 | <li>If there is no growth limit, there is no final position of |
| 2265 | the field; therefore <code>O_AUTOSKIP</code> and |
| 2266 | <code>O_NL_OVERLOAD</code> are ignored.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | <li>Field justification will be ignored (though whatever |
| 2269 | justification is set up will be retained internally and can be |
| 2270 | queried).</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 | <li>The <code>dup_field()</code> and <code>link_field()</code> |
| 2273 | calls copy dynamic-buffer sizes. If the <code>O_STATIC</code> |
| 2274 | option is set on one of a collection of links, buffer resizing |
| 2275 | will occur only when the field is edited through that |
| 2276 | link.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | <li>The call <code>field_info()</code> will retrieve the |
| 2279 | original static size of the field; use |
| 2280 | <code>dynamic_field_info()</code> to get the actual dynamic |
| 2281 | size.</li> |
| 2282 | </ul> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | <h3><a name="fvalidation" id="fvalidation">Field Validation</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | <p>By default, a field will accept any data that will fit in its |
| 2287 | input buffer. However, it is possible to attach a validation type |
| 2288 | to a field. If you do this, any attempt to leave the field while |
| 2289 | it contains data that does not match the validation type will |
| 2290 | fail. Some validation types also have a character-validity check |
| 2291 | for each time a character is entered in the field.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2293 | <p>A field's validation check (if any) is not called when |
| 2294 | <code>set_field_buffer()</code> modifies the input buffer, nor |
| 2295 | when that buffer is changed through a linked field.</p> |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | <p>The <code>form</code> library provides a rich set of |
| 2298 | pre-defined validation types, and gives you the capability to |
| 2299 | define custom ones of your own. You can examine and change field |
| 2300 | validation attributes with the following functions:</p> |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2304 | FIELDTYPE *ftype, /* type to associate */ |
| 2305 | ...); /* additional arguments*/ |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 | FIELDTYPE *field_type(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | </pre> |
| 2309 | <p>The validation type of a field is considered an attribute of |
| 2310 | the field. As with other field attributes, Also, doing |
| 2311 | <code>set_field_type()</code> with a <code>NULL</code> field |
| 2312 | default will change the system default for validation of |
| 2313 | newly-created fields.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | <p>Here are the pre-defined validation types:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | <h4><a name="ftype_alpha" id="ftype_alpha">TYPE_ALPHA</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | <p>This field type accepts alphabetic data; no blanks, no digits, |
| 2320 | no special characters (this is checked at character-entry time). |
| 2321 | It is set up with:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2325 | TYPE_ALPHA, /* type to associate */ |
| 2326 | int width); /* maximum width of field */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | </pre> |
| 2328 | <p>The <code>width</code> argument sets a minimum width of data. |
| 2329 | Typically you will want to set this to the field width; if it is |
| 2330 | greater than the field width, the validation check will always |
| 2331 | fail. A minimum width of zero makes field completion |
| 2332 | optional.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | <h4><a name="ftype_alnum" id="ftype_alnum">TYPE_ALNUM</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | <p>This field type accepts alphabetic data and digits; no blanks, |
| 2337 | no special characters (this is checked at character-entry time). |
| 2338 | It is set up with:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2342 | TYPE_ALNUM, /* type to associate */ |
| 2343 | int width); /* maximum width of field */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | </pre> |
| 2345 | <p>The <code>width</code> argument sets a minimum width of data. |
| 2346 | As with TYPE_ALPHA, typically you will want to set this to the |
| 2347 | field width; if it is greater than the field width, the |
| 2348 | validation check will always fail. A minimum width of zero makes |
| 2349 | field completion optional.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | <h4><a name="ftype_enum" id="ftype_enum">TYPE_ENUM</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | <p>This type allows you to restrict a field's values to be among |
| 2354 | a specified set of string values (for example, the two-letter |
| 2355 | postal codes for U.S. states). It is set up with:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2359 | TYPE_ENUM, /* type to associate */ |
| 2360 | char **valuelist; /* list of possible values */ |
| 2361 | int checkcase; /* case-sensitive? */ |
| 2362 | int checkunique); /* must specify uniquely? */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | </pre> |
| 2364 | <p>The <code>valuelist</code> parameter must point at a |
| 2365 | NULL-terminated list of valid strings. The <code>checkcase</code> |
| 2366 | argument, if true, makes comparison with the string |
| 2367 | case-sensitive.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | <p>When the user exits a TYPE_ENUM field, the validation |
| 2370 | procedure tries to complete the data in the buffer to a valid |
| 2371 | entry. If a complete choice string has been entered, it is of |
| 2372 | course valid. But it is also possible to enter a prefix of a |
| 2373 | valid string and have it completed for you.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | <p>By default, if you enter such a prefix and it matches more |
| 2376 | than one value in the string list, the prefix will be completed |
| 2377 | to the first matching value. But the <code>checkunique</code> |
| 2378 | argument, if true, requires prefix matches to be unique in order |
| 2379 | to be valid.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2380 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | <p>The <code>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</code> and |
| 2382 | <code>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</code> input requests can be particularly |
| 2383 | useful with these fields.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | <h4><a name="ftype_integer" id="ftype_integer">TYPE_INTEGER</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | <p>This field type accepts an integer. It is set up as |
| 2388 | follows:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2392 | TYPE_INTEGER, /* type to associate */ |
| 2393 | int padding, /* # places to zero-pad to */ |
| 2394 | int vmin, int vmax); /* valid range */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | </pre> |
| 2396 | <p>Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and |
| 2397 | digits. The range check is performed on exit. If the range |
| 2398 | maximum is less than or equal to the minimum, the range is |
| 2399 | ignored.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | <p>If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many |
| 2402 | leading zero digits as necessary to meet the padding |
| 2403 | argument.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | <p>A <code>TYPE_INTEGER</code> value buffer can conveniently be |
| 2406 | interpreted with the C library function <code>atoi(3)</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | <h4><a name="ftype_numeric" id="ftype_numeric">TYPE_NUMERIC</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | <p>This field type accepts a decimal number. It is set up as |
| 2411 | follows:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2415 | TYPE_NUMERIC, /* type to associate */ |
| 2416 | int padding, /* # places of precision */ |
| 2417 | double vmin, double vmax); /* valid range */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | </pre> |
| 2419 | <p>Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and |
| 2420 | digits. possibly including a decimal point. If your system |
| 2421 | supports locale's, the decimal point character used must be the |
| 2422 | one defined by your locale. The range check is performed on exit. |
| 2423 | If the range maximum is less than or equal to the minimum, the |
| 2424 | range is ignored.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | <p>If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many |
| 2427 | trailing zero digits as necessary to meet the padding |
| 2428 | argument.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | <p>A <code>TYPE_NUMERIC</code> value buffer can conveniently be |
| 2431 | interpreted with the C library function <code>atof(3)</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | <h4><a name="ftype_regexp" id="ftype_regexp">TYPE_REGEXP</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | <p>This field type accepts data matching a regular expression. It |
| 2436 | is set up as follows:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2440 | TYPE_REGEXP, /* type to associate */ |
| 2441 | char *regexp); /* expression to match */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | </pre> |
| 2443 | <p>The syntax for regular expressions is that of |
| 2444 | <code>regcomp(3)</code>. The check for regular-expression match |
| 2445 | is performed on exit.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | <h3><a name="fbuffer" id="fbuffer">Direct Field Buffer |
| 2448 | Manipulation</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 | <p>The chief attribute of a field is its buffer contents. When a |
| 2451 | form has been completed, your application usually needs to know |
| 2452 | the state of each field buffer. You can find this out with:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | char *field_buffer(FIELD *field, /* field to query */ |
| 2456 | int bufindex); /* number of buffer to query */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | </pre> |
| 2458 | <p>Normally, the state of the zero-numbered buffer for each field |
| 2459 | is set by the user's editing actions on that field. It is |
| 2460 | sometimes useful to be able to set the value of the zero-numbered |
| 2461 | (or some other) buffer from your application:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ |
| 2465 | int bufindex, /* number of buffer to alter */ |
| 2466 | char *value); /* string value to set */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 | </pre> |
| 2468 | <p>If the field is not large enough and cannot be resized to a |
| 2469 | sufficiently large size to contain the specified value, the value |
| 2470 | will be truncated to fit.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | <p>Calling <code>field_buffer()</code> with a null field pointer |
| 2473 | will raise an error. Calling <code>field_buffer()</code> on a |
| 2474 | field not currently selected for input will return a correct |
| 2475 | value. Calling <code>field_buffer()</code> on a field that is |
| 2476 | currently selected for input may not necessarily give a correct |
| 2477 | field buffer value, because entered data is not necessarily |
| 2478 | copied to buffer zero before the exit validation check. To |
| 2479 | guarantee that the returned buffer value reflects on-screen |
| 2480 | reality, call <code>field_buffer()</code> either (1) in the |
| 2481 | field's exit validation check routine, (2) from the field's or |
| 2482 | form's initialization or termination hooks, or (3) just after a |
| 2483 | <code>REQ_VALIDATION</code> request has been processed by the |
| 2484 | forms driver.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | <h3><a name="formattrs" id="formattrs">Attributes of Forms</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2488 | <p>As with field attributes, form attributes inherit a default |
| 2489 | from a system default form structure. These defaults can be |
| 2490 | queried or set by of these functions using a form-pointer |
| 2491 | argument of <code>NULL</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2492 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 | <p>The principal attribute of a form is its field list. You can |
| 2494 | query and change this list with:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2495 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | int set_form_fields(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 2498 | FIELD **fields); /* fields to connect */ |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 | char *form_fields(FORM *form); /* fetch fields of form */ |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | int field_count(FORM *form); /* count connect fields */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 | </pre> |
| 2504 | <p>The second argument of <code>set_form_fields()</code> may be a |
| 2505 | NULL-terminated field pointer array like the one required by |
| 2506 | <code>new_form()</code>. In that case, the old fields of the form |
| 2507 | are disconnected but not freed (and eligible to be connected to |
| 2508 | other forms), then the new fields are connected.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2510 | <p>It may also be null, in which case the old fields are |
| 2511 | disconnected (and not freed) but no new ones are connected.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2512 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2513 | <p>The <code>field_count()</code> function simply counts the |
| 2514 | number of fields connected to a given from. It returns -1 if the |
| 2515 | form-pointer argument is NULL.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 | <h3><a name="fdisplay" id="fdisplay">Control of Form Display</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2519 | <p>In the overview section, you saw that to display a form you |
| 2520 | normally start by defining its size (and fields), posting it, and |
| 2521 | refreshing the screen. There is an hidden step before posting, |
| 2522 | which is the association of the form with a frame window |
| 2523 | (actually, a pair of windows) within which it will be displayed. |
| 2524 | By default, the forms library associates every form with the |
| 2525 | full-screen window <code>stdscr</code>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2527 | <p>By making this step explicit, you can associate a form with a |
| 2528 | declared frame window on your screen display. This can be useful |
| 2529 | if you want to adapt the form display to different screen sizes, |
| 2530 | dynamically tile forms on the screen, or use a form as part of an |
| 2531 | interface layout managed by <a href="#panels">panels</a>.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | <p>The two windows associated with each form have the same |
| 2534 | functions as their analogues in the <a href="#menu">menu |
| 2535 | library</a>. Both these windows are painted when the form is |
| 2536 | posted and erased when the form is unposted.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2538 | <p>The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the form |
| 2539 | routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a |
| 2540 | border, or perhaps help text with the form and have it properly |
| 2541 | refreshed or erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or |
| 2542 | subwindow is where the current form page is actually |
| 2543 | displayed.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | <p>In order to declare your own frame window for a form, you will |
| 2546 | need to know the size of the form's bounding rectangle. You can |
| 2547 | get this information with:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | int scale_form(FORM *form, /* form to query */ |
| 2551 | int *rows, /* form rows */ |
| 2552 | int *cols); /* form cols */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | </pre> |
| 2554 | <p>The form dimensions are passed back in the locations pointed |
| 2555 | to by the arguments. Once you have this information, you can use |
| 2556 | it to declare of windows, then use one of these functions:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | int set_form_win(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 2560 | WINDOW *win); /* frame window to connect */ |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | WINDOW *form_win(FORM *form); /* fetch frame window of form */ |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | int set_form_sub(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 2565 | WINDOW *win); /* form subwindow to connect */ |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | WINDOW *form_sub(FORM *form); /* fetch form subwindow of form */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | </pre> |
| 2569 | <p>Note that curses operations, including <code>refresh()</code>, |
| 2570 | on the form, should be done on the frame window, not the form |
| 2571 | subwindow.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2572 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2573 | <p>It is possible to check from your application whether all of a |
| 2574 | scrollable field is actually displayed within the menu subwindow. |
| 2575 | Use these functions:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2576 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | int data_ahead(FORM *form); /* form to be queried */ |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | int data_behind(FORM *form); /* form to be queried */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | </pre> |
| 2582 | <p>The function <code>data_ahead()</code> returns TRUE if (a) the |
| 2583 | current field is one-line and has undisplayed data off to the |
| 2584 | right, (b) the current field is multi-line and there is data |
| 2585 | off-screen below it.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2587 | <p>The function <code>data_behind()</code> returns TRUE if the |
| 2588 | first (upper left hand) character position is off-screen (not |
| 2589 | being displayed).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | <p>Finally, there is a function to restore the form window's |
| 2592 | cursor to the value expected by the forms driver:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2593 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | int pos_form_cursor(FORM *) /* form to be queried */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | </pre> |
| 2597 | <p>If your application changes the form window cursor, call this |
| 2598 | function before handing control back to the forms driver in order |
| 2599 | to re-synchronize it.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | <h3><a name="fdriver" id="fdriver">Input Processing in the Forms |
| 2602 | Driver</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | <p>The function <code>form_driver()</code> handles virtualized |
| 2605 | input requests for form navigation, editing, and validation |
| 2606 | requests, just as <code>menu_driver</code> does for menus (see |
| 2607 | the section on <a href="#minput">menu input handling</a>).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2609 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | int form_driver(FORM *form, /* form to pass input to */ |
| 2611 | int request); /* form request code */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | </pre> |
| 2613 | <p>Your input virtualization function needs to take input and |
| 2614 | then convert it to either an alphanumeric character (which is |
| 2615 | treated as data to be entered in the currently-selected field), |
| 2616 | or a forms processing request.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | <p>The forms driver provides hooks (through input-validation and |
| 2619 | field-termination functions) with which your application code can |
| 2620 | check that the input taken by the driver matched what was |
| 2621 | expected.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | <h4><a name="fpage" id="fpage">Page Navigation Requests</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 | <p>These requests cause page-level moves through the form, |
| 2626 | triggering display of a new form screen.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2628 | <dl> |
| 2629 | <dt><code>REQ_NEXT_PAGE</code> |
| 2630 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | <dd>Move to the next form page.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2634 | <dt><code>REQ_PREV_PAGE</code> |
| 2635 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | <dd>Move to the previous form page.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | <dt><code>REQ_FIRST_PAGE</code> |
| 2640 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 | <dd>Move to the first form page.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | <dt><code>REQ_LAST_PAGE</code> |
| 2645 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2646 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 | <dd>Move to the last form page.</dd> |
| 2648 | </dl> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | <p>These requests treat the list as cyclic; that is, |
| 2651 | <code>REQ_NEXT_PAGE</code> from the last page goes to the first, |
| 2652 | and <code>REQ_PREV_PAGE</code> from the first page goes to the |
| 2653 | last.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2655 | <h4><a name="ffield" id="ffield">Inter-Field Navigation |
| 2656 | Requests</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | <p>These requests handle navigation between fields on the same |
| 2659 | page.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | <dl> |
| 2662 | <dt><code>REQ_NEXT_FIELD</code> |
| 2663 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | <dd>Move to next field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | <dt><code>REQ_PREV_FIELD</code> |
| 2668 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | <dd>Move to previous field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | <dt><code>REQ_FIRST_FIELD</code> |
| 2673 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2675 | <dd>Move to the first field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2676 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 | <dt><code>REQ_LAST_FIELD</code> |
| 2678 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | <dd>Move to the last field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 | <dt><code>REQ_SNEXT_FIELD</code> |
| 2683 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 | <dd>Move to sorted next field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 | <dt><code>REQ_SPREV_FIELD</code> |
| 2688 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2689 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | <dd>Move to sorted previous field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | <dt><code>REQ_SFIRST_FIELD</code> |
| 2693 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | <dd>Move to the sorted first field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2696 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | <dt><code>REQ_SLAST_FIELD</code> |
| 2698 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2699 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2700 | <dd>Move to the sorted last field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2701 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | <dt><code>REQ_LEFT_FIELD</code> |
| 2703 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 | <dd>Move left to field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2707 | <dt><code>REQ_RIGHT_FIELD</code> |
| 2708 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2709 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 | <dd>Move right to field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | <dt><code>REQ_UP_FIELD</code> |
| 2713 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 | <dd>Move up to field.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2717 | <dt><code>REQ_DOWN_FIELD</code> |
| 2718 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | <dd>Move down to field.</dd> |
| 2721 | </dl> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | <p>These requests treat the list of fields on a page as cyclic; |
| 2724 | that is, <code>REQ_NEXT_FIELD</code> from the last field goes to |
| 2725 | the first, and <code>REQ_PREV_FIELD</code> from the first field |
| 2726 | goes to the last. The order of the fields for these (and the |
| 2727 | <code>REQ_FIRST_FIELD</code> and <code>REQ_LAST_FIELD</code> |
| 2728 | requests) is simply the order of the field pointers in the form |
| 2729 | array (as set up by <code>new_form()</code> or |
| 2730 | <code>set_form_fields()</code></p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | <p>It is also possible to traverse the fields as if they had been |
| 2733 | sorted in screen-position order, so the sequence goes |
| 2734 | left-to-right and top-to-bottom. To do this, use the second group |
| 2735 | of four sorted-movement requests.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | <p>Finally, it is possible to move between fields using visual |
| 2738 | directions up, down, right, and left. To accomplish this, use the |
| 2739 | third group of four requests. Note, however, that the position of |
| 2740 | a form for purposes of these requests is its upper-left |
| 2741 | corner.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | <p>For example, suppose you have a multi-line field B, and two |
| 2744 | single-line fields A and C on the same line with B, with A to the |
| 2745 | left of B and C to the right of B. A <code>REQ_MOVE_RIGHT</code> |
| 2746 | from A will go to B only if A, B, and C <em>all</em> share the |
| 2747 | same first line; otherwise it will skip over B to C.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 2748 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | <h4><a name="fifield" id="fifield">Intra-Field Navigation |
| 2750 | Requests</a></h4> |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | <p>These requests drive movement of the edit cursor within the |
| 2753 | currently selected field.</p> |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | <dl> |
| 2756 | <dt><code>REQ_NEXT_CHAR</code> |
| 2757 | </dt> |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | <dd>Move to next character.</dd> |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | <dt><code>REQ_PREV_CHAR</code> |
| 2762 | </dt> |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 | <dd>Move to previous character.</dd> |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | <dt><code>REQ_NEXT_LINE</code> |
| 2767 | </dt> |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | <dd>Move to next line.</dd> |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | <dt><code>REQ_PREV_LINE</code> |
| 2772 | </dt> |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | <dd>Move to previous line.</dd> |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 | <dt><code>REQ_NEXT_WORD</code> |
| 2777 | </dt> |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 | <dd>Move to next word.</dd> |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | <dt><code>REQ_PREV_WORD</code> |
| 2782 | </dt> |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | <dd>Move to previous word.</dd> |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 | <dt><code>REQ_BEG_FIELD</code> |
| 2787 | </dt> |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 | <dd>Move to beginning of field.</dd> |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | <dt><code>REQ_END_FIELD</code> |
| 2792 | </dt> |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | <dd>Move to end of field.</dd> |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | <dt><code>REQ_BEG_LINE</code> |
| 2797 | </dt> |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 | <dd>Move to beginning of line.</dd> |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | <dt><code>REQ_END_LINE</code> |
| 2802 | </dt> |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | <dd>Move to end of line.</dd> |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | <dt><code>REQ_LEFT_CHAR</code> |
| 2807 | </dt> |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | <dd>Move left in field.</dd> |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | <dt><code>REQ_RIGHT_CHAR</code> |
| 2812 | </dt> |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | <dd>Move right in field.</dd> |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 | <dt><code>REQ_UP_CHAR</code> |
| 2817 | </dt> |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | <dd>Move up in field.</dd> |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | <dt><code>REQ_DOWN_CHAR</code> |
| 2822 | </dt> |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | <dd>Move down in field.</dd> |
| 2825 | </dl> |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | <p>Each <em>word</em> is separated from the previous and next |
| 2828 | characters by whitespace. The commands to move to beginning and |
| 2829 | end of line or field look for the first or last non-pad character |
| 2830 | in their ranges.</p> |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 | <h4><a name="fscroll" id="fscroll">Scrolling Requests</a></h4> |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | <p>Fields that are dynamic and have grown and fields explicitly |
| 2835 | created with offscreen rows are scrollable. One-line fields |
| 2836 | scroll horizontally; multi-line fields scroll vertically. Most |
| 2837 | scrolling is triggered by editing and intra-field movement (the |
| 2838 | library scrolls the field to keep the cursor visible). It is |
| 2839 | possible to explicitly request scrolling with the following |
| 2840 | requests:</p> |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | <dl> |
| 2843 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_FLINE</code> |
| 2844 | </dt> |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | <dd>Scroll vertically forward a line.</dd> |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_BLINE</code> |
| 2849 | </dt> |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | <dd>Scroll vertically backward a line.</dd> |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_FPAGE</code> |
| 2854 | </dt> |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 | <dd>Scroll vertically forward a page.</dd> |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_BPAGE</code> |
| 2859 | </dt> |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | <dd>Scroll vertically backward a page.</dd> |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_FHPAGE</code> |
| 2864 | </dt> |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 | <dd>Scroll vertically forward half a page.</dd> |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_BHPAGE</code> |
| 2869 | </dt> |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | <dd>Scroll vertically backward half a page.</dd> |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_FCHAR</code> |
| 2874 | </dt> |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | <dd>Scroll horizontally forward a character.</dd> |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_BCHAR</code> |
| 2879 | </dt> |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | <dd>Scroll horizontally backward a character.</dd> |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_HFLINE</code> |
| 2884 | </dt> |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | <dd>Scroll horizontally one field width forward.</dd> |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_HBLINE</code> |
| 2889 | </dt> |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | <dd>Scroll horizontally one field width backward.</dd> |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_HFHALF</code> |
| 2894 | </dt> |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | <dd>Scroll horizontally one half field width forward.</dd> |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | <dt><code>REQ_SCR_HBHALF</code> |
| 2899 | </dt> |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | <dd>Scroll horizontally one half field width backward.</dd> |
| 2902 | </dl> |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | <p>For scrolling purposes, a <em>page</em> of a field is the |
| 2905 | height of its visible part.</p> |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | <h4><a name="fedit" id="fedit">Editing Requests</a></h4> |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | <p>When you pass the forms driver an ASCII character, it is |
| 2910 | treated as a request to add the character to the field's data |
| 2911 | buffer. Whether this is an insertion or a replacement depends on |
| 2912 | the field's edit mode (insertion is the default.</p> |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | <p>The following requests support editing the field and changing |
| 2915 | the edit mode:</p> |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | <dl> |
| 2918 | <dt><code>REQ_INS_MODE</code> |
| 2919 | </dt> |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | <dd>Set insertion mode.</dd> |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | <dt><code>REQ_OVL_MODE</code> |
| 2924 | </dt> |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 | <dd>Set overlay mode.</dd> |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | <dt><code>REQ_NEW_LINE</code> |
| 2929 | </dt> |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | <dd>New line request (see below for explanation).</dd> |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | <dt><code>REQ_INS_CHAR</code> |
| 2934 | </dt> |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 | <dd>Insert space at character location.</dd> |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | <dt><code>REQ_INS_LINE</code> |
| 2939 | </dt> |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | <dd>Insert blank line at character location.</dd> |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | <dt><code>REQ_DEL_CHAR</code> |
| 2944 | </dt> |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 | <dd>Delete character at cursor.</dd> |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | <dt><code>REQ_DEL_PREV</code> |
| 2949 | </dt> |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 | <dd>Delete previous word at cursor.</dd> |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 | <dt><code>REQ_DEL_LINE</code> |
| 2954 | </dt> |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | <dd>Delete line at cursor.</dd> |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 | <dt><code>REQ_DEL_WORD</code> |
| 2959 | </dt> |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | <dd>Delete word at cursor.</dd> |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 | <dt><code>REQ_CLR_EOL</code> |
| 2964 | </dt> |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | <dd>Clear to end of line.</dd> |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | <dt><code>REQ_CLR_EOF</code> |
| 2969 | </dt> |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 | <dd>Clear to end of field.</dd> |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | <dt><code>REQ_CLEAR_FIELD</code> |
| 2974 | </dt> |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | <dd>Clear entire field.</dd> |
| 2977 | </dl> |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | <p>The behavior of the <code>REQ_NEW_LINE</code> and |
| 2980 | <code>REQ_DEL_PREV</code> requests is complicated and partly |
| 2981 | controlled by a pair of forms options. The special cases are |
| 2982 | triggered when the cursor is at the beginning of a field, or on |
| 2983 | the last line of the field.</p> |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | <p>First, we consider <code>REQ_NEW_LINE</code>:</p> |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | <p>The normal behavior of <code>REQ_NEW_LINE</code> in insert |
| 2988 | mode is to break the current line at the position of the edit |
| 2989 | cursor, inserting the portion of the current line after the |
| 2990 | cursor as a new line following the current and moving the cursor |
| 2991 | to the beginning of that new line (you may think of this as |
| 2992 | inserting a newline in the field buffer).</p> |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | <p>The normal behavior of <code>REQ_NEW_LINE</code> in overlay |
| 2995 | mode is to clear the current line from the position of the edit |
| 2996 | cursor to end of line. The cursor is then moved to the beginning |
| 2997 | of the next line.</p> |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 | <p>However, <code>REQ_NEW_LINE</code> at the beginning of a |
| 3000 | field, or on the last line of a field, instead does a |
| 3001 | <code>REQ_NEXT_FIELD</code>. <code>O_NL_OVERLOAD</code> option is |
| 3002 | off, this special action is disabled.</p> |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | <p>Now, let us consider <code>REQ_DEL_PREV</code>:</p> |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 | <p>The normal behavior of <code>REQ_DEL_PREV</code> is to delete |
| 3007 | the previous character. If insert mode is on, and the cursor is |
| 3008 | at the start of a line, and the text on that line will fit on the |
| 3009 | previous one, it instead appends the contents of the current line |
| 3010 | to the previous one and deletes the current line (you may think |
| 3011 | of this as deleting a newline from the field buffer).</p> |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | <p>However, <code>REQ_DEL_PREV</code> at the beginning of a field |
| 3014 | is instead treated as a <code>REQ_PREV_FIELD</code>.</p> |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 | <p>If the <code>O_BS_OVERLOAD</code> option is off, this special |
| 3017 | action is disabled and the forms driver just returns |
| 3018 | <code>E_REQUEST_DENIED</code>.</p> |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | <p>See <a href="#frmoptions">Form Options</a> for discussion of |
| 3021 | how to set and clear the overload options.</p> |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | <h4><a name="forder" id="forder">Order Requests</a></h4> |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 | <p>If the type of your field is ordered, and has associated |
| 3026 | functions for getting the next and previous values of the type |
| 3027 | from a given value, there are requests that can fetch that value |
| 3028 | into the field buffer:</p> |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | <dl> |
| 3031 | <dt><code>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</code> |
| 3032 | </dt> |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | <dd>Place the successor value of the current value in the |
| 3035 | buffer.</dd> |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | <dt><code>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</code> |
| 3038 | </dt> |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | <dd>Place the predecessor value of the current value in the |
| 3041 | buffer.</dd> |
| 3042 | </dl> |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 | <p>Of the built-in field types, only <code>TYPE_ENUM</code> has |
| 3045 | built-in successor and predecessor functions. When you define a |
| 3046 | field type of your own (see <a href="#fcustom">Custom Validation |
| 3047 | Types</a>), you can associate our own ordering functions.</p> |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | <h4><a name="fappcmds" id="fappcmds">Application Commands</a></h4> |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | <p>Form requests are represented as integers above the |
| 3052 | <code>curses</code> value greater than <code>KEY_MAX</code> and |
| 3053 | less than or equal to the constant <code>MAX_COMMAND</code>. If |
| 3054 | your input-virtualization routine returns a value above |
| 3055 | <code>MAX_COMMAND</code>, the forms driver will ignore it.</p> |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | <h3><a name="fhooks" id="fhooks">Field Change Hooks</a></h3> |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | <p>It is possible to set function hooks to be executed whenever |
| 3060 | the current field or form changes. Here are the functions that |
| 3061 | support this:</p> |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 3064 | typedef void (*HOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning void */ |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 | |
| 3066 | int set_form_init(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 3067 | HOOK hook); /* initialization hook */ |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | HOOK form_init(FORM *form); /* form to query */ |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | int set_form_term(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 3072 | HOOK hook); /* termination hook */ |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | HOOK form_term(FORM *form); /* form to query */ |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 | int set_field_init(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 3077 | HOOK hook); /* initialization hook */ |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | HOOK field_init(FORM *form); /* form to query */ |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | int set_field_term(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 3082 | HOOK hook); /* termination hook */ |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | HOOK field_term(FORM *form); /* form to query */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 | </pre> |
| 3086 | <p>These functions allow you to either set or query four |
| 3087 | different hooks. In each of the set functions, the second |
| 3088 | argument should be the address of a hook function. These |
| 3089 | functions differ only in the timing of the hook call.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | <dl> |
| 3092 | <dt>form_init</dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | <dd>This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just |
| 3095 | after each page change operation.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | <dt>field_init</dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | <dd>This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just |
| 3100 | after each field change</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | <dt>field_term</dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3103 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | <dd>This hook is called just after field validation; that is, |
| 3105 | just before the field is altered. It is also called when the |
| 3106 | form is unposted.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | <dt>form_term</dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | <dd>This hook is called when the form is unposted; also, just |
| 3111 | before each page change operation.</dd> |
| 3112 | </dl> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 | <p>Calls to these hooks may be triggered</p> |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | <ol> |
| 3117 | <li>When user editing requests are processed by the forms |
| 3118 | driver</li> |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | <li>When the current page is changed by |
| 3121 | <code>set_current_field()</code> call</li> |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | <li>When the current field is changed by a |
| 3124 | <code>set_form_page()</code> call</li> |
| 3125 | </ol> |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | <p>See <a name="ffocus" id="ffocus">Field Change Commands</a> for |
| 3128 | discussion of the latter two cases.</p> |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | <p>You can set a default hook for all fields by passing one of |
| 3131 | the set functions a NULL first argument.</p> |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | <p>You can disable any of these hooks by (re)setting them to |
| 3134 | NULL, the default value.</p> |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | <h3><a href="#ffocus">Field Change Commands</a></h3> |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | <p>Normally, navigation through the form will be driven by the |
| 3139 | user's input requests. But sometimes it is useful to be able to |
| 3140 | move the focus for editing and viewing under control of your |
| 3141 | application, or ask which field it currently is in. The following |
| 3142 | functions help you accomplish this:</p> |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | int set_current_field(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 3146 | FIELD *field); /* field to shift to */ |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | FIELD *current_field(FORM *form); /* form to query */ |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | int field_index(FORM *form, /* form to query */ |
| 3151 | FIELD *field); /* field to get index of */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3152 | </pre> |
| 3153 | <p>The function <code>field_index()</code> returns the index of |
| 3154 | the given field in the given form's field array (the array passed |
| 3155 | to <code>new_form()</code> or |
| 3156 | <code>set_form_fields()</code>).</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3158 | <p>The initial current field of a form is the first active field |
| 3159 | on the first page. The function <code>set_form_fields()</code> |
| 3160 | resets this.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | <p>It is also possible to move around by pages.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | int set_form_page(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 3166 | int page); /* page to go to (0-origin) */ |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | int form_page(FORM *form); /* return form's current page */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | </pre> |
| 3170 | <p>The initial page of a newly-created form is 0. The function |
| 3171 | <code>set_form_fields()</code> resets this.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3172 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3173 | <h3><a name="frmoptions" id="frmoptions">Form Options</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 | <p>Like fields, forms may have control option bits. They can be |
| 3176 | changed or queried with these functions:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3178 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 | int set_form_opts(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 3180 | int attr); /* attribute to set */ |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | int form_opts_on(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 3183 | int attr); /* attributes to turn on */ |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | int form_opts_off(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ |
| 3186 | int attr); /* attributes to turn off */ |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | int form_opts(FORM *form); /* form to query */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 | </pre> |
| 3190 | <p>By default, all options are on. Here are the available option |
| 3191 | bits:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | <dl> |
| 3194 | <dt>O_NL_OVERLOAD</dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | <dd>Enable overloading of <code>REQ_NEW_LINE</code> as |
| 3197 | described in <a href="#fedit">Editing Requests</a>. The value |
| 3198 | of this option is ignored on dynamic fields that have not |
| 3199 | reached their size limit; these have no last line, so the |
| 3200 | circumstances for triggering a <code>REQ_NEXT_FIELD</code> |
| 3201 | never arise.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3203 | <dt>O_BS_OVERLOAD</dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | <dd>Enable overloading of <code>REQ_DEL_PREV</code> as |
| 3206 | described in <a href="#fedit">Editing Requests</a>.</dd> |
| 3207 | </dl> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3208 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3209 | <p>The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with |
| 3210 | logical-or in the obvious way.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | <h3><a name="fcustom" id="fcustom">Custom Validation Types</a></h3> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | <p>The <code>form</code> library gives you the capability to |
| 3215 | define custom validation types of your own. Further, the optional |
| 3216 | additional arguments of <code>set_field_type</code> effectively |
| 3217 | allow you to parameterize validation types. Most of the |
| 3218 | complications in the validation-type interface have to do with |
| 3219 | the handling of the additional arguments within custom validation |
| 3220 | functions.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | <h4><a name="flinktypes" id="flinktypes">Union Types</a></h4> |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | <p>The simplest way to create a custom data type is to compose it |
| 3225 | from two preexisting ones:</p> |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | <pre class="code-block"> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | FIELD *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1, |
| 3229 | FIELDTYPE *type2); |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | </pre> |
| 3231 | <p>This function creates a field type that will accept any of the |
| 3232 | values legal for either of its argument field types (which may be |
| 3233 | either predefined or programmer-defined). If a |
| 3234 | <code>set_field_type()</code> call later requires arguments, the |
| 3235 | new composite type expects all arguments for the first type, than |
| 3236 | all arguments for the second. Order functions (see <a href= |
| 3237 | "#forder">Order Requests</a>) associated with the component types |
| 3238 | will work on the composite; what it does is check the validation |
| 3239 | function for the first type, then for the second, to figure what |
| 3240 | type the buffer contents should be treated as.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 | <h4><a name="fnewtypes" id="fnewtypes">New Field Types</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3243 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | <p>To create a field type from scratch, you need to specify one |
| 3245 | or both of the following things:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3247 | <ul> |
| 3248 | <li>A character-validation function, to check each character as |
| 3249 | it is entered.</li> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 | <li>A field-validation function to be applied on exit from the |
| 3252 | field.</li> |
| 3253 | </ul> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3254 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 | <p>Here is how you do that:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3256 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3257 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 3258 | typedef int (*HOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning int */ |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3259 | |
| 3260 | FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(HOOK f_validate, /* field validator */ |
| 3261 | HOOK c_validate) /* character validator */ |
| 3262 | |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3263 | int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *ftype); /* type to free */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3264 | </pre> |
| 3265 | <p>At least one of the arguments of <code>new_fieldtype()</code> |
| 3266 | must be non-NULL. The forms driver will automatically call the |
| 3267 | new type's validation functions at appropriate points in |
| 3268 | processing a field of the new type.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3270 | <p>The function <code>free_fieldtype()</code> deallocates the |
| 3271 | argument fieldtype, freeing all storage associated with it.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3272 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3273 | <p>Normally, a field validator is called when the user attempts |
| 3274 | to leave the field. Its first argument is a field pointer, from |
| 3275 | which it can get to field buffer 0 and test it. If the function |
| 3276 | returns TRUE, the operation succeeds; if it returns FALSE, the |
| 3277 | edit cursor stays in the field.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3278 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3279 | <p>A character validator gets the character passed in as a first |
| 3280 | argument. It too should return TRUE if the character is valid, |
| 3281 | FALSE otherwise.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3282 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | <h4><a name="fcheckargs" id="fcheckargs">Validation Function |
| 3284 | Arguments</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3286 | <p>Your field- and character- validation functions will be passed |
| 3287 | a second argument as well. This second argument is the address of |
| 3288 | a structure (which we will call a <em>pile</em>) built from any |
| 3289 | of the field-type-specific arguments passed to |
| 3290 | <code>set_field_type()</code>. If no such arguments are defined |
| 3291 | for the field type, this pile pointer argument will be NULL.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3292 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3293 | <p>In order to arrange for such arguments to be passed to your |
| 3294 | validation functions, you must associate a small set of |
| 3295 | storage-management functions with the type. The forms driver will |
| 3296 | use these to synthesize a pile from the trailing arguments of |
| 3297 | each <code>set_field_type()</code> argument, and a pointer to the |
| 3298 | pile will be passed to the validation functions.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3299 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3300 | <p>Here is how you make the association:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 3303 | typedef char *(*PTRHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning (char *) */ |
| 3304 | typedef void (*VOIDHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning void */ |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3305 | |
| 3306 | int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type, /* type to alter */ |
| 3307 | PTRHOOK make_str, /* make structure from args */ |
| 3308 | PTRHOOK copy_str, /* make copy of structure */ |
| 3309 | VOIDHOOK free_str); /* free structure storage */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3310 | </pre> |
| 3311 | <p>Here is how the storage-management hooks are used:</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3313 | <dl> |
| 3314 | <dt><code>make_str</code> |
| 3315 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3316 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 | <dd>This function is called by <code>set_field_type()</code>. |
| 3318 | It gets one argument, a <code>va_list</code> of the |
| 3319 | type-specific arguments passed to |
| 3320 | <code>set_field_type()</code>. It is expected to return a pile |
| 3321 | pointer to a data structure that encapsulates those |
| 3322 | arguments.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 | <dt><code>copy_str</code> |
| 3325 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | <dd>This function is called by form library functions that |
| 3328 | allocate new field instances. It is expected to take a pile |
| 3329 | pointer, copy the pile to allocated storage, and return the |
| 3330 | address of the pile copy.</dd> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3332 | <dt><code>free_str</code> |
| 3333 | </dt> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3334 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3335 | <dd>This function is called by field- and type-deallocation |
| 3336 | routines in the library. It takes a pile pointer argument, and |
| 3337 | is expected to free the storage of that pile.</dd> |
| 3338 | </dl> |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | <p>The <code>make_str</code> and <code>copy_str</code> functions |
| 3341 | may return NULL to signal allocation failure. The library |
| 3342 | routines will that call them will return error indication when |
| 3343 | this happens. Thus, your validation functions should never see a |
| 3344 | NULL file pointer and need not check specially for it.</p> |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | <h4><a name="fcustorder" id="fcustorder">Order Functions For |
| 3347 | Custom Types</a></h4> |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 | <p>Some custom field types are simply ordered in the same |
| 3350 | well-defined way that <code>TYPE_ENUM</code> is. For such types, |
| 3351 | it is possible to define successor and predecessor functions to |
| 3352 | support the <code>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</code> and |
| 3353 | <code>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</code> requests. Here is how:</p> |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 | <pre class="code-block"> |
| 3356 | typedef int (*INTHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning int */ |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | |
| 3358 | int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type, /* type to alter */ |
| 3359 | INTHOOK succ, /* get successor value */ |
| 3360 | INTHOOK pred); /* get predecessor value */ |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 | </pre> |
| 3362 | <p>The successor and predecessor arguments will each be passed |
| 3363 | two arguments; a field pointer, and a pile pointer (as for the |
| 3364 | validation functions). They are expected to use the function |
| 3365 | <code>field_buffer()</code> to read the current value, and |
| 3366 | <code>set_field_buffer()</code> on buffer 0 to set the next or |
| 3367 | previous value. Either hook may return TRUE to indicate success |
| 3368 | (a legal next or previous value was set) or FALSE to indicate |
| 3369 | failure.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3370 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 | <h4><a name="fcustprobs" id="fcustprobs">Avoiding Problems</a></h4> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3372 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3373 | <p>The interface for defining custom types is complicated and |
| 3374 | tricky. Rather than attempting to create a custom type entirely |
| 3375 | from scratch, you should start by studying the library source |
| 3376 | code for whichever of the pre-defined types seems to be closest |
| 3377 | to what you want.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3378 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3379 | <p>Use that code as a model, and evolve it towards what you |
| 3380 | really want. You will avoid many problems and annoyances that |
| 3381 | way. The code in the <code>ncurses</code> library has been |
| 3382 | specifically exempted from the package copyright to support |
| 3383 | this.</p> |
Amit Daniel Kachhap | e6a01f5 | 2011-07-20 11:45:59 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | |
micky387 | 9b9f5e7 | 2025-07-08 18:04:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | <p>If your custom type defines order functions, have do something |
| 3386 | intuitive with a blank field. A useful convention is to make the |
| 3387 | successor of a blank field the types minimum value, and its |
| 3388 | predecessor the maximum.</p> |
| 3389 | </body> |
| 3390 | </html> |